WO2024048397A1 - Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024048397A1
WO2024048397A1 PCT/JP2023/030369 JP2023030369W WO2024048397A1 WO 2024048397 A1 WO2024048397 A1 WO 2024048397A1 JP 2023030369 W JP2023030369 W JP 2023030369W WO 2024048397 A1 WO2024048397 A1 WO 2024048397A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
compound
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/030369
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
悠花 上農
知昭 吉岡
文博 吉野
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024048397A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024048397A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an ultra-microlithography process applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the manufacturing process of nanoimprint molds, the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, etc. The present invention relates to actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films, pattern forming methods, and electronic device manufacturing methods that can be suitably used in other photofabrication processes.
  • ultra-microlithography process applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the manufacturing process of nanoimprint molds, the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, etc.
  • the present invention relates to actinic ray-sensitive or radiation
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe resist compositions containing a resin having a specific structure, a photoacid generator, and an acid diffusion control agent.
  • LWR performance refers to the ability to reduce the LWR of a pattern.
  • actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is required in the manufacturing process to have little effect on performance due to the passage of time from exposure to post-exposure bake (PEB). Excellent PED (Post Exposure Time Delay) stability is desired.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability.
  • the present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and a pattern using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a method for forming an electronic device and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-1), An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) satisfies the following condition (i).
  • salt (a) and salt (b) each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g.
  • DR a dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer
  • DR b dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer
  • Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring.
  • R a1 represents a substituent.
  • k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k1 represents 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • [7] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the compound (A) contains an anion represented by the following formula (ca1).
  • Ar a2 represents an aromatic ring.
  • R a2 represents a substituent.
  • k2 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k2 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2s may be the same or different from each other.
  • k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1).
  • R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R P2 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • Pa2 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2).
  • R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group.
  • n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be the same or different from each other. At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion.
  • a pattern forming method comprising the steps of: exposing a radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  • the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2), At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2), An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
  • R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group.
  • n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of R Z1s may be the same or different from each other, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R Z2s may be the same or different, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R Z3s may be the same or different from each other, and may be bonded to each other.
  • the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
  • Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring.
  • R a1 represents a substituent.
  • k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability. Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • active rays or “radiation” include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron It means a line (EB: Electron Beam) or the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV, but also to electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. It also includes drawing using particle beams such as beams.
  • " ⁇ " is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth)acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • (meth)acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are determined using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group containing a substituent as well as a group having no substituent.
  • alkyl group includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • organic group refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • monovalent substituents are preferred. Examples of the substituent include monovalent nonmetallic atomic groups excluding hydrogen atoms, and can be selected from the following substituents T, for example.
  • substituent T examples include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and tert-butoxy; cycloalkyloxy; phenoxy and p-tolyloxy groups; Aryloxy groups; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl groups; cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl groups; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy, propionyloxy and benzoyloxy groups; acetyl Acyl groups such as benzoyl, isobutyryl, acryloyl, methacryloyl and methoxalyl groups; sulfanyl groups; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl and tert-butylsulfanyl groups; phenylsulfanyl groups; alkyls
  • substituent T when these substituents can further have one or more substituents, the further substituent is a group having one or more substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituents (for example, a monoalkylamino group). , dialkylamino group, arylamino group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.) are also included as examples of the substituent T.
  • the direction of bonding of the divalent groups described is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-
  • Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too.
  • the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z”.
  • acid dissociation constant refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, it is a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using the following software package 1. is the value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
  • Software package 1 Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
  • pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method.
  • a specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. .
  • DFT density functional theory
  • there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT and one example is Gaussian 16.
  • pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1, as described above. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used.
  • pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution” as described above, but if pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” is adopted. shall be.
  • solid content means a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, it is considered to be a solid content even if the component is liquid.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "composition of the present invention") is A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-1), An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) satisfies the following condition (i).
  • salt (a) and salt (b) each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g.
  • DR a dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer
  • DR b dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer
  • the present inventors speculate as follows. Since the resin (P) contains repeating units having a phenolic hydroxyl group, which is a hydrophilic part, and repeating units having an acid-decomposable group, which is a hydrophobic part, the dissolution rate in the developer varies. By adding the compound represented by the formula (Z-1) to the resin (P), the dissolution rate (especially the dissolution rate of hydrophilic parts) of the resin (P) is reduced (this effect is referred to as "infusion"). It is thought that this is because the dissolution rate variation was suppressed, and as a result, the resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability were improved. It is also believed that resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability were further improved when the content of acid diffusion control agent (B) was 80 mol% or more relative to the content of compound (A). It will be done.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkaline development or an organic solvent development resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
  • the resin (P) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin (P) is an acid-decomposable resin, and when an alkaline developer is typically used as a developer in the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention, a positive pattern is preferable. When an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is suitably formed.
  • An acid-decomposable group is a group that decomposes and increases in polarity under the action of an acid.
  • An acid-decomposable group is typically a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce a polar group.
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group that leaves by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • the polarity of the resin (P) increases due to the action of an acid, so that its solubility in an alkaline developer increases and its solubility in an organic solvent decreases.
  • the above polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as a carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) Methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl) ) methylene group, acidic groups such as tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene groups, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
  • alkali-soluble group such as a carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group,
  • Examples of the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Formula (Y1) -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
  • Formula (Y3) -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched chain), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group (linear or branched), or an alkenyl group (linear or branched). Note that when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. is more preferable.
  • Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the alkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, or t-butyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred.
  • the aryl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like.
  • the aralkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 described above is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), For example, a benzyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • a benzyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 a vinyl group is preferred.
  • the ring formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a cyclopentyl group or a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or May be substituted with a group. Further, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • the group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) is, for example, an embodiment in which Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group. is preferred.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may include a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • one or more methylene groups are replaced with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • R 38 may be bonded to another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring.
  • the group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
  • the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1).
  • the repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1) is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R P2 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the alkyl group represented by R P1 may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid represented by R P2 include the groups represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). By eliminating R P2 , a hydroxy group (phenolic hydroxyl group) is generated in formula (Pa1).
  • the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2).
  • the repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2) is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the alkyl group represented by R P3 may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the group represented by R P4 that leaves by the action of an acid include the groups represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). When R P4 is eliminated, a carboxyl group is generated in formula (Pa2).
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 15 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units in the resin (P). Further, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less, based on all the repeating units in the resin (P). .
  • the number of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (P) may be one type or two or more types.
  • the resin (P) contains two or more types of repeating units having acid-decomposable groups, the total content thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (P) will be explained.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa3).
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 102 may combine with Ar A to form a ring, in which case R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar A represents an aromatic ring group.
  • k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 in formula (Pa3) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the alkyl groups of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, particularly preferably from 1 to 3.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 5 to 15.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R 101 , R 102 and R 103 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferred.
  • halogen atom for R 101 , R 102 and R 103 examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom being preferred.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • Ar A in formula (Pa3) represents an aromatic ring group, more specifically represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group when k is 1 is, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, anthracenylene group, or a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring,
  • a divalent aromatic ring group containing a hetero ring such as a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiazole ring is preferred.
  • the above aromatic ring group may have a substituent.
  • Specific examples of (k+1)-valent aromatic ring groups when k is an integer of 2 or more include (k-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups. The following groups are mentioned.
  • the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • Substituents that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have are not particularly limited, but include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, - Alkyl groups such as ethylhexyl, octyl and dodecyl; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, propoxy, hydroxypropoxy and butoxy; aryl groups such as phenyl; and the like.
  • Ar A preferably represents an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, or a biphenylene ring group.
  • LA in formula (Pa3) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L A is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -COO-, -CONR 104 -, an alkylene group, or a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • R 104 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but alkylene groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, and octylene group are preferable.
  • R 104 represents an alkyl group
  • examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group.
  • Examples include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as groups, and alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (Pa3) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, it is preferable that Ar A represents a benzene ring group. k preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group in the resin (P) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mol% or more, and 30 mol% or more based on the total repeating units in the resin (P). It is more preferable that the amount is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of repeating units having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and 80 mol% or less based on the total repeating units in the resin (P). It is more preferable that it is the following.
  • the number of repeating units having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (P) may be one type or two or more types.
  • the resin (P) contains two or more types of repeating units having phenolic hydroxyl groups, the total content thereof is preferably within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
  • the resin (P) may contain other repeating units.
  • the contents of [0112] to [0172] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 are cited.
  • Resin (P) can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (P) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000 as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by GPC method.
  • the degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (P) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.0 to 3.0, and 1.1 to 2.0. is particularly preferred. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the sidewalls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
  • the content of the resin (P) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, and 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. is more preferable.
  • the resin (P) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using two or more types of resins (P), it is preferable that their total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the compound represented by formula (Z-1) may be a compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, or may be an acid diffusion control agent (B). Good too. Further, both the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) may be a compound represented by formula (Z-1). Note that a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of 0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is an acid diffusion control agent (B).
  • the pKa of the acid with the smallest pKa is less than 0 among the acids generated, it is classified as compound (A).
  • the pKa of the acid with the smallest pKa among the acids is 0 or more, it is used as an acid diffusion control agent (B).
  • the compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably an acid diffusion control agent (B).
  • the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably 0 or more, more preferably 1 or more, and even more preferably 2 or more. Furthermore, the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 9 or less.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the aryl group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and is a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. is more preferred, and phenyl group is particularly preferred.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms. Examples of the heteroaryl group include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the heteroaryl group may have a substituent.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 represent an aryl group.
  • At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group.
  • the linking group include -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CO 2 -, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably (having 2 to 5 carbon atoms), and groups formed by combining two or more of these.
  • X ⁇ in formula (Z-1) represents an anion.
  • anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatic carboxylic acid anions, aralkyl carboxylic acid anions, etc.) ), sulfonylimide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion, and the like.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be a linear or branched alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom and may be a perfluoroalkyl group).
  • the aryl group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent.
  • Substituents are not particularly limited, but include, for example, nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyl groups ( (preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably has 2 to 7 carbon atoms), acyl group (preferably has 2 to 7 carbon atoms), (preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably has 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms), al
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylic acid anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms include benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, and naphthylbutyl group.
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. This increases the acid strength.
  • anions include, for example, fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ⁇ ), and fluorinated antimony (eg, SbF 6 ⁇ ).
  • X ⁇ is preferably represented by the following formula (xa1).
  • Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring.
  • R a1 represents a substituent.
  • k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the aromatic ring represented by Ar a1 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the number of ring carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the number of ring members of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 5 to 10.
  • the aromatic heterocycle preferably contains at least one of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom.
  • aromatic heterocycles include five-membered aromatic heterocycles such as pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, triazole ring, furan ring, and thiophene ring;
  • aromatic heterocycles include six-membered aromatic heterocycles such as a pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, thiazine ring, and oxazine ring.
  • the substituent represented by R a1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, the above-mentioned substituent T, and a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom are preferred.
  • k1 represents an integer of 0 to 7, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Z-2) below.
  • R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group.
  • n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5.
  • R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 When a plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 exist, the plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be the same or different from each other. At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the alkyl groups of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, particularly preferably from 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, and trifluoromethyl group.
  • alkyl group and acyloxy group contained in the alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group and alkylsulfonyl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 is an alkylcarbonyloxy group
  • the alkyl group and acylamino group are The explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of the alkyl group when it is an alkylcarbonylamino group are the same as those for the alkyl groups of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 above.
  • the cycloalkyl groups of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 4 to 15.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • One of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkyl group may be replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group and an ester bond, or a vinylidene group. Further, in the cycloalkyl group, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • the cycloalkyl group and acyloxy group contained in the cycloalkyloxy group, cycloalkylthio group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are cycloalkylcarbonyloxy groups.
  • the explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of the cycloalkyl group when the cycloalkyl group and acylamino group in some cases are cycloalkylcarbonylamino groups are the same as the cycloalkyl groups in R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 above. .
  • the aryl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and is a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. is more preferable, and phenyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • Aryl group and acylamino when the aryl group and acyloxy group contained in the aryloxy group, arylthio group, aryloxycarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group and arylsulfonyl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are arylcarbonyloxy groups
  • the explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges of the aryl group are the same as those for the aryl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 above.
  • the heteroaryl groups R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are preferably heteroaryl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms. Examples of the heteroaryl group include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the heteroaryl group may have a substituent.
  • At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group.
  • the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) (the benzene rings to which R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are bonded) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or via a linking group.
  • the linking group include -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CO 2 -, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably (having 2 to 5 carbon atoms), and groups formed by combining two or more of these.
  • X ⁇ in formula (Z-2) represents an anion.
  • the explanation, specific examples, and preferred range of X ⁇ are the same as those for X ⁇ in formula (Z-1) above.
  • condition (i) The sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) (sulfonium cation represented by formula (Z-1c) below) satisfies the following condition (i).
  • salt (a) and salt (b) each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g.
  • DR a dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer
  • DR b dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer
  • the composition of the present invention has stronger inhibition than when using salt (b), and the dissolution of resin (P) is improved. Variations in speed are suppressed, and resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability can be improved.
  • DR a and DR b are measured as follows.
  • the film (La) is developed (dissolved) in an alkaline developer (an aqueous solution containing tetramethylammonium hydroxide at a concentration of 2.38% by mass) for 600 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds.
  • the film thickness after development is measured with a spectroscopic ellipsometer (for example, M-2000D (manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd.)), and the difference between the film thickness before and after development is calculated as the developed film thickness. do.
  • the value obtained by dividing the developed film thickness by the development time (600 seconds) is defined as DR a .
  • the film (Lb) is developed (dissolved) for 600 seconds with an alkaline developer (aqueous solution with a concentration of tetramethylammonium hydroxide of 2.38% by mass), and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds.
  • the film thickness after development is measured with a spectroscopic ellipsometer (for example, M-2000D (manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd.)), and the difference between the film thickness before and after development is calculated as the developed film thickness. do.
  • the value obtained by dividing the developed film thickness by the development time (600 seconds) is defined as DR b .
  • DR a /DR b is 0.5 or less, preferably 0.4 or less, more preferably 0.3 or less, and even more preferably 0.2 or less. Moreover, it is preferable that DR a /DR b is 0.01 or more, and it is more preferable that it is 0.02 or more. It is particularly preferable that DR a and DR b satisfy the following formula (i-2) because stronger inhibition can provide even better resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability. DR a /DR b ⁇ 0.10 ...(i-2)
  • ClogP of the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) is preferably 3 or more and 11 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 8 or less, and 4 It is particularly preferable that the number is 8 or less.
  • ClogP is a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the partition coefficient P between 1-octanol and water.
  • Compound (A) is a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the pKa of the acid generated from compound (A) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably -0.1 or less, more preferably -0.5 or less. Further, the pKa of the acid generated from the compound (A) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably -1.5 or more, more preferably -1.0 or more.
  • Compound (A) may be a compound represented by formula (Z-1), or may be a compound different from the compound represented by formula (Z-1).
  • Compound (A) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated into a part of the polymer. Further, a form of a low molecular compound and a form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used together.
  • the molecular weight of compound (A) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, even more preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more.
  • the compound (A) is incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (P), or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (P).
  • Compound (A) is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
  • Examples of the compound (A) include a compound represented by "M + X - " (onium salt), and preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • Examples of the organic acids include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkylcarboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid.
  • sulfonic acids aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.
  • carboxylic acids aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkylcarboxylic acids, etc.
  • carbonylsulfonylimide acid bis(al
  • M + represents an organic cation.
  • a cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (hereinafter also referred to as “cation (ZaI)”).
  • cation (ZaII) a cation represented by formula (ZaII) (hereinafter also referred to as “cation (ZaII)" is preferable.
  • R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic groups of R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
  • the organic groups of R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 5 to 15.
  • cycloalkyl group monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group are preferable.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, even more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and preferably a phenyl group. is particularly preferred.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the heteroaryl group include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the cation represented by formula (ZaI) may be a sulfonium cation represented by formula (Z-1c).
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., carbon number 3 to 15), an aryl group (eg, carbon number 6 to 15), an alkoxy group (eg, carbon number 1 to 15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • the substituents of R 204 and R 205 each independently form an acid-decomposable group using any combination of substituents.
  • X - represents an anion.
  • X ⁇ is the same as X ⁇ in formula (Z-1) described above, but X ⁇ is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (ca1). That is, the compound (A) preferably contains an anion represented by the following formula (ca1).
  • Ar a2 represents an aromatic ring.
  • R a2 represents a substituent.
  • k2 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2s may be the same or different from each other.
  • a plurality of R a2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the aromatic ring represented by Ar a2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the number of ring carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the number of ring members of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 5 to 10.
  • the aromatic heterocycle preferably contains at least one of a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom.
  • aromatic heterocycles include five-membered aromatic heterocycles such as pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, and triazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, Examples include six-membered aromatic heterocycles such as a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, a thiazine ring, and an oxazine ring.
  • the aromatic ring represented by Ar a2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the substituent represented by R a2 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, the above-mentioned substituent T, with preference given to a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • k2 represents an integer of 0 to 7, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Compound (A) may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II) below.
  • Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and the following first acidic acid derived from the following structural moiety This is a compound that generates an acid containing the following second acidic site derived from the structural site Y below.
  • Structural site X A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 1 - and a cationic site M 1 + , and which forms a first acidic site represented by HA 1 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
  • Structural site Y Anionic site A structural site consisting of A 2 ⁇ and a cationic site M 2 + and forming a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
  • the above compound (I) satisfies the following condition I .
  • a compound PI obtained by replacing the cation moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cation moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + in the compound (I) is The acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 2 + in the structural site Y with H + It has an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1. At least one of the acid dissociation constants a1 is less than 0.
  • compound (I) is, for example, an acid-generating compound having one of the first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and one of the second acidic sites derived from the structural site Y.
  • compound PI corresponds to "a compound having HA 1 and HA 2 ".
  • the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the compound PI are defined as, when the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is determined, the compound PI is a "compound having A 1 - and HA 2 ".
  • compound (I) is, for example, an acid-generating compound having two of the first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and one of the second acidic sites derived from the structural site Y.
  • compound PI corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 and one HA 2 ".
  • the acid dissociation constant when a compound having one HA 1 and one HA 2 becomes a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a1 described above. .
  • the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " becomes "a compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2.
  • compound PI when it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by replacing the cation site M 1 + in the structural site X with H + , it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants.
  • the value of acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the largest value of a1.
  • the acid dissociation constant when compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 , and one HA 2 " is aa
  • ab is the acid dissociation constant when a compound with one HA 2 becomes a compound with two A 1 - and one HA 2 , the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa ⁇ ab. .
  • the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are determined by the acid dissociation constant measurement method described above.
  • the above-mentioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the structural sites X may be the same or different.
  • two or more of the above A 1 ⁇ and two or more of the above M 1 + may be the same or different.
  • the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - , and the above M 1 + and the above M 2 + may be the same or different, but the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - are preferably different from each other.
  • Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties It is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more sites and the above structural site Z.
  • Structural site Z nonionic site capable of neutralizing acids
  • compound (II) is, for example, an acid-generating compound having two of the first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and the structural site Z
  • the compound PII is a compound having two HA 1 Compounds”
  • the acid dissociation constant when compound PII becomes "a compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and "one A 1 - and one HA 1" are determined.
  • the acid dissociation constant when a "compound having 1 " becomes "a compound having two A 1 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a1.
  • the acid dissociation constant a1 is determined by the acid dissociation constant measurement method described above. At least one of the acid dissociation constants a1 is less than 0.
  • the above-mentioned compound PII corresponds to an acid generated when compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different.
  • the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
  • the nonionic site that can neutralize the acid in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and for example, it must be a site that contains a group that can electrostatically interact with protons or a functional group that has electrons. is preferred.
  • the group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or the functional group having electrons is a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a functional group having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation. Examples include functional groups having a nitrogen atom.
  • a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
  • Examples of partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, aza crown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. Among these, primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
  • the content of compound (A) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 3.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.5. More preferably, it is 0% by mass or more.
  • the content of compound (A) is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, more preferably 25.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. .
  • Compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the acid diffusion control agent (B) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from, for example, the compound (A) during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to the excess generated acid. do.
  • the type of acid diffusion control agent (B) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a basic compound (BA), a low molecular compound (BB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and an active compound. Examples include compounds (BC) whose ability to control acid diffusion decreases or disappears when irradiated with light or radiation.
  • the compound (BC) includes, for example, an onium salt compound (BD) of an acid that becomes a weak acid relative to the acid generated from the compound (A), etc., and an acid onium salt compound (BD) whose basicity decreases or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Examples include basic compounds (BE).
  • Specific examples of basic compounds (BA) include those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824; Specific examples of basic compounds (BE) that disappear include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, and those described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824.
  • low molecular weight compounds (BB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. Examples include those described in .
  • an onium salt compound (BD) that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from compound (A), etc. see paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of International Publication No. 2020/158337. Examples include those listed below.
  • the acid diffusion control agent (B) is preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of 0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the acid diffusion control agent (B) may be a compound represented by formula (Z-1) or a compound different from the compound represented by formula (Z-1), but A compound represented by (Z-1) is preferred. It is preferable that the acid diffusion control agent (B) contains an anion represented by the above-mentioned formula (xa1).
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 3.0% by mass or more, more preferably 5.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. , more preferably 10.0% by mass or more.
  • the content of compound (A) is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 40.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. .
  • the acid diffusion control agent (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the ratio of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) is preferably 100 mol% or more, more preferably 130 mol% or more, and 150 mol% or more. is particularly preferred. Further, the ratio of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) is preferably 450 mol% or less, more preferably 400 mol% or less, and 350 mol% or less. It is particularly preferable that there be.
  • the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably 0.3 mmol/g or more, and preferably 0.35 mmol/g or more based on the total solid content. is more preferable, and particularly preferably 0.40 mmol/g or more.
  • the total amount of compounds that generate acids upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably 1.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 1.2 mmol/g or less, and 1.5 mmol/g or less based on the total solid content. It is particularly preferable that it is .0 mmol/g or less.
  • the proportion of the compound represented by formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 75 mol%. More preferably, it is 100 mol% (all compounds in the composition of the present invention that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation are compounds represented by formula (Z-1)). is particularly preferred.
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as "resin (T)”) different from resin (P).
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed so that it is unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it is necessary to uniformly mix polar and non-polar substances. does not have to contribute to
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one of a fluorine atom, a silicon atom, and a CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin, and two or more of them are preferred. It is more preferable to have the above.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chains. Examples of the hydrophobic resin include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 20.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. 15.0% by mass is more preferred.
  • the hydrophobic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the composition of the invention may also contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.0005 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 1.0% by mass, and even more preferably from 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • One type of surfactant or two or more types of surfactants may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • the solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable that at least one selected from the group is included. Note that the above solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
  • the above-mentioned solvent and the above-mentioned resin are combined from the viewpoint of improving the coating properties of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the above-mentioned solvent has a good balance between the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and the generation of precipitates during spin coating. Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the applicability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.
  • the composition of the present invention includes a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or It may further contain an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
  • a dissolution inhibiting compound for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or It may further contain an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
  • dissolution-inhibiting compound is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less that decomposes under the action of an acid and reduces its solubility in an organic developer.
  • the present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having the following structure.
  • the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2), At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2),
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
  • R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group.
  • n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of R Z1s may be the same or different from each other, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R Z2s may be the same or different, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R Z3s may be the same or different from each other, and may be bonded to each other.
  • the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group.
  • X ⁇ represents an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
  • Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring.
  • R a1 represents a substituent.
  • k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other.
  • k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the invention also relates to actinic- or radiation-sensitive films formed with the compositions of the invention.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
  • the invention also relates to a patterning method.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes the steps of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (typically a resist film) on a substrate using the composition of the present invention, and forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate.
  • the pattern forming method includes the steps of exposing to light and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  • Step 1 Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention
  • Step 2 Step of exposing the resist film
  • Step 3 Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
  • Examples of the method for forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of applying the composition of the present invention onto a substrate.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • compositions of the present invention can be applied onto substrates (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices by any suitable application method such as a spinner or coater.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (an inorganic film, an organic film, an antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
  • drying method examples include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. In the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition. It is preferable that the top coat composition is not mixed with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed. For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film. Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the composition of the present invention.
  • the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • active light or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and 1 to 200 nm.
  • Particularly preferred are deep ultraviolet light of wavelengths, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out using means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. This step is also called post-exposure bake.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
  • Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and left to stand for a certain period of time (paddle method). method), a method in which the developer is sprayed onto the surface of the substrate (spray method), and a method in which the developer is continuously discharged while scanning a developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). ). Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • alkaline developer it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali.
  • the type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, but examples include quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions containing.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable that there be.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the pattern forming method includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
  • Examples of the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing using an alkaline developer include pure water. Note that an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added to the pure water. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used.
  • the rinsing liquid should contain at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
  • the method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method) and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed.
  • a method of forming a pattern is preferred.
  • the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method do not contain impurities such as metals. It is preferable not to include it.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, and 10 mass ppm (parts per million) or less.
  • a mass ppt or less is particularly preferred, and a mass ppt or less is most preferred.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
  • metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, Examples include W and Zn.
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
  • Methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, methods of selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and methods of filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
  • Organic processing liquids such as rinsing liquids contain conductive compounds to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. may be added.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned.
  • the amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
  • Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used.
  • SUS stainless steel
  • polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • fluororesin polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.
  • filter and O-ring antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
  • the present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • Preferred embodiments of the electronic device of this specification include embodiments in which it is installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • ⁇ Resin (P)> As the resin (P), P-1 to P-9 were used. The types and contents of repeating units contained in P-1 to P-9 are shown in Table 1 below. The content of repeating units is the molar ratio to all repeating units in the resin. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount is in terms of polystyrene). Further, the content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
  • T-1 was used as the hydrophobic resin (resin (T)).
  • the structural formula, repeating unit content, Mw and Mw/Mn of T-1 are shown below.
  • the content of repeating units contained in T-1 is the molar ratio to all repeating units in the resin.
  • Mw and Mw/Mn were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (they are polystyrene equivalent amounts).
  • the content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR.
  • A-1 to A-18 and AR-1 were used as compounds (A) that generate acids with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • A-1 to A-18 and AR-1 are compounds containing cations and anions shown in Tables 2 and 3 below, respectively. Tables 2 and 3 below also list the pKa of the acid generated from each compound (generated acid) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • B-1 to B-31 and BR-1 were used as the acid diffusion control agent (B).
  • B-1 to B-26 and BR-1 are compounds containing cations and anions shown in Table 4 below, respectively.
  • B-28 to B-31 are compounds each containing a cation and anion shown in Table 5 below. Tables 4 and 5 below also list the pKa of the acid generated from each compound (generated acid) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • B-27 is a compound represented by the following structural formula.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the ratio (mol %) of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) was written in the column "(B)/(A)".
  • the ratio (mmol/g) of the compound (total amount) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to the total solid content of the resist composition is listed in the "PAG total amount” column. Enter the ratio (mol%) of the compound represented by formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in the column of "Ratio of (Z-1) in the total amount of PAG". Described.
  • ⁇ Coating of resist composition The prepared resist composition was applied onto a 6-inch Si (silicon) wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark 8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 130° C. for 300 seconds. As a result, a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm was obtained. Note that similar results can be obtained even if the Si wafer is replaced with a chromium substrate.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (1) EB exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
  • the wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam drawing device (manufactured by Advantest Corporation; F7000S, acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so that a 1:1 line and space was formed.
  • electron beam drawing it was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. . Thereafter, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Line width dimension (L0h) when the line width dimension of a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm is 50 nm, and PEB treatment is performed immediately after exposure, and After 1 hour, the line width dimension (L2h) after PEB treatment was measured, and the rate of change in line width was calculated using the following formula. Note that the PEB treatment was performed by heating at 100° C. for 60 seconds. Line width change rate (%) 100 x (L2h-L0h) nm/50 nm The smaller the value, the better the performance, and it was used as an index of PED stability. In addition, B or higher is preferable in practical terms, and A is more preferable. A: Line width change rate is less than 2% B: Line width change rate is 2% or more and less than 5% C: Line width change rate is 5% or more and less than 10% D: Line width change rate is 10% or more
  • the present invention it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability. Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having excellent resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability; an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film that uses the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern formation method; and an electronic device manufacturing method. Provided are: an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (P) including a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group, a compound (A) in which an acid having a pKa of less than 0 is generated upon irradiation by an actinic ray or a radiation ray, and an acid diffusion control agent (B), in which at least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) are a specific compound, and the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A); an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film that uses the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern formation method; and an electronic device manufacturing method.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。より詳細には、本発明は、超LSI(Large Scale Integration)及び高容量マイクロチップの製造プロセス、ナノインプリント用モールド作成プロセス並びに高密度情報記録媒体の製造プロセス等に適用可能な超マイクロリソグラフィプロセス、並びにその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an ultra-microlithography process applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the manufacturing process of nanoimprint molds, the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, etc. The present invention relates to actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films, pattern forming methods, and electronic device manufacturing methods that can be suitably used in other photofabrication processes.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit)、LSI(Large Scale Integration)などの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域又はクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にKrFエキシマレーザー光に、というように短波長化の傾向が見られ、現在では193nm波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、更に解像力を高める技術として、従来から投影レンズと試料の間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たす、所謂、液浸法の開発が進んでいる。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC (Integrated Circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integration), microfabrication is performed by lithography using a resist composition. In recent years, as integrated circuits have become more highly integrated, there has been a demand for ultra-fine pattern formation in the submicron region or quarter micron region. Along with this, there has been a trend towards shorter exposure wavelengths, from g-line to i-line and then to KrF excimer laser light, and now exposure machines that use ArF excimer laser light with a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source have been developed. ing. Furthermore, as a technique to further improve resolution, the so-called immersion method, in which a liquid with a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as "immersion liquid") is filled between the projection lens and the sample, has been developed.
 また、現在では、エキシマレーザー光以外にも、電子線(EB)、X線及び極紫外線(EUV)等を用いたリソグラフィーも開発が進んでいる。これに伴い、各種の活性光線又は放射線に有効に感応するレジスト組成物が開発されている。 Currently, in addition to excimer laser light, lithography using electron beams (EB), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), etc. is also being developed. Along with this, resist compositions that are effectively sensitive to various types of actinic rays or radiation have been developed.
 例えば、特許文献1及び2には、特定の構造を有する樹脂と、光酸発生剤と、酸拡散制御剤を含有するレジスト組成物が記載されている。 For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe resist compositions containing a resin having a specific structure, a photoacid generator, and an acid diffusion control agent.
国際公開第2017/115629号International Publication No. 2017/115629 国際公開第2021/220851号International Publication No. 2021/220851
 昨今、レジスト組成物に求められる性能はますます高くなっている。特に、微細パターンを形成する際の解像性及びラインウィズスラフネス(Line Width Roughness:LWR)性能を高めることが求められている。LWR性能とはパターンのLWRを小さくできる性能のことを指す。
 また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には、製造プロセス上の要請で、露光から露光後加熱(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)までの時間経過による性能への影響が少ないこと、すなわち、PED(Post Exposure time Delay)安定性に優れることが望まれている。
In recent years, the performance required of resist compositions has become higher and higher. In particular, it is required to improve resolution and line width roughness (LWR) performance when forming fine patterns. LWR performance refers to the ability to reduce the LWR of a pattern.
In addition, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is required in the manufacturing process to have little effect on performance due to the passage of time from exposure to post-exposure bake (PEB). Excellent PED (Post Exposure Time Delay) stability is desired.
 そこで、本発明は、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability.
The present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and a pattern using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. An object of the present invention is to provide a method for forming an electronic device and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventors have discovered that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂(P)、
 活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)、及び
 酸拡散制御剤(B)
を少なくとも含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記化合物(A)及び上記酸拡散制御剤(B)のうち少なくとも1つは、下記式(Z-1)で表される化合物であり、
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、上記化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[1]
A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group,
A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least
At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-1),
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(Z-1)中、Ar、Ar及びArは各々独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。
 ただし、式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンは下記条件(i)を満たす。
 条件(i):式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンと、下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩を塩(a)とし、下記式(b1)で表されるカチオンと下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩を塩(b)とする。塩(a)及び塩(b)をそれぞれ用いて、「添加した塩のモル数/(上記樹脂(P)と添加した塩の合計質量)」が0.4mmol/gとなるように、それぞれの塩、上記樹脂(P)、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル/乳酸エチルを20/20/60の質量比で含む溶剤からなる、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液を調製する。上記溶液を塗布して得られた膜の2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液であるアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度を測定する。塩(a)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとし、塩(b)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとした場合に、DR及びDRが下記式(i-1)を満たす。
 DR/DR≦0.5 ・・・(i-1)
In formula (Z-1), Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
However, the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) satisfies the following condition (i).
Condition (i): A salt consisting of a sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) and an anion represented by the following formula (a1) is used as salt (a), and a cation represented by the following formula (b1) and the following formula Let the salt consisting of the anion represented by (a1) be salt (b). Using salt (a) and salt (b), each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g. Prepare a solution with a solid content concentration of 2.7% by mass, consisting of a salt, the above resin (P), and a solvent containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether/ethyl lactate in a mass ratio of 20/20/60. . The dissolution rate of the film obtained by applying the above solution in an alkaline developer, which is a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide, is measured. If the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer is DR a , and the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer is DR b , then DR a and DR b satisfies the following formula (i-1).
DR a /DR b ≦0.5 ...(i-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[2]
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量が、全固形分に対して0.3mmol/g以上である、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)が、活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0以上の酸を発生する化合物である、[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)が、上記式(Z-1)で表される化合物である、[1]~[3]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)が、下記式(xa1)で表されるアニオンを含む、[1]~[4]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the total amount of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is 0.3 mmol/g or more based on the total solid content.
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of 0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. thing.
[4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the above formula (Z-1). thing.
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the acid diffusion control agent (B) contains an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(xa1)中、Ara1は芳香環を表す。Ra1は置換基を表す。k1は0~7の整数を表す。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
[6]
 上記化合物(A)から発生する酸のpKaが-1.5以上である、[1]~[5]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
 上記化合物(A)が、下記式(ca1)で表されるアニオンを含む、[1]~[6]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (xa1), Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring. R a1 represents a substituent. k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the acid generated from the compound (A) has a pKa of -1.5 or more.
[7]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the compound (A) contains an anion represented by the following formula (ca1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(ca1)中、Ara2は芳香環を表す。Ra2は置換基を表す。k2は0~7の整数を表す。k2が2以上の場合、複数のRa2は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k2が2以上の場合、複数のRa2は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
[8]
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量に対する上記式(Z-1)で表される化合物の割合が50モル%以上である、[1]~[7]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[9]
 上記樹脂(P)が、下記式(Pa1)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、[1]~[8]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (ca1), Ar a2 represents an aromatic ring. R a2 represents a substituent. k2 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2s may be the same or different from each other. When k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
[8]
Any one of [1] to [7], wherein the proportion of the compound represented by the above formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is 50 mol% or more. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above.
[9]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(Pa1)中、RP1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP2は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
[10]
 上記樹脂(P)が、下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (Pa1), R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P2 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
[10]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(Pa2)中、RP3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP4は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
[11]
 上記式(Z-1)で表される化合物が下記式(Z-2)で表される化合物である、[1]~[10]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (Pa2), R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
[11]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive compound according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the compound represented by the above formula (Z-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2). resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(Z-2)中、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は各々独立にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。n1は1~5の整数を表す。n2及びn3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3はそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、複数のRZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3の少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。
[12]
 上記DR及び上記DRが下記式(i-2)を満たす、[1]~[11]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 DR/DR≦0.10 ・・・(i-2)
[13]
 上記式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンのClogPが3以上8以下である、[1]~[12]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[14]
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量に対する上記式(Z-1)で表される化合物の割合が100モル%である、[1]~[13]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[15]
 [1]~[14]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
[16]
 [1]~[14]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、上記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
[17]
 [16]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[18]
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂(P)、
 活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)、及び
 酸拡散制御剤(B)
を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記樹脂(P)は、下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、
 上記化合物(A)及び上記酸拡散制御剤(B)のうち少なくとも1つは、下記式(Z-2)で表される化合物であり、
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、上記化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (Z-2), R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group. Oxy group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group, acylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5. n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 exist, the plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be the same or different from each other. At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
[12]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the DR a and the DR b satisfy the following formula (i-2).
DR a /DR b ≦0.10 ...(i-2)
[13]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12], wherein the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) has a ClogP of 3 or more and 8 or less.
[14]
According to any one of [1] to [13], the proportion of the compound represented by the above formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is 100 mol%. Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[15]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14].
[16]
A step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14], and the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film described above. Or a pattern forming method comprising the steps of: exposing a radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
[17]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to [16].
[18]
A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group,
A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing,
The resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2),
At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2),
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(Pa2)中、RP3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP4は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。 In formula (Pa2), R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(Z-2)中、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は各々独立にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。n1は1~5の整数を表す。n2及びn3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RZ1が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RZ2が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ2は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RZ3が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ3は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xは下記式(xa1)で表されるアニオンを表す。 In formula (Z-2), R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group. Oxy group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group, acylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5. n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R Z1s exist, the plurality of R Z1s may be the same or different from each other, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R Z2s exist, the plurality of R Z2s may be the same or different, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R Z3s exist, the plurality of R Z3s may be the same or different from each other, and may be bonded to each other. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(xa1)中、Ara1は芳香環を表す。Ra1は置換基を表す。k1は0~7の整数を表す。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formula (xa1), Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring. R a1 represents a substituent. k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 本発明により、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
The present invention will be explained in detail below.
Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
 本明細書において、「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、軟X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。
 本明細書において、「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書において、「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
In this specification, "active rays" or "radiation" include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron It means a line (EB: Electron Beam) or the like.
As used herein, "light" means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, "exposure" refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV, but also to electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. It also includes drawing using particle beams such as beams.
In the present specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも1種を表す。また(メタ)アクリル酸はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種を表す。 In this specification, (meth)acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate. Moreover, (meth)acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー株式会社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶剤:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー株式会社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are determined using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). -8120GPC) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh Corporation TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: It is defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を含む基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基としては、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択できる。
Regarding the notation of a group (atomic group) in this specification, unless it goes against the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group containing a substituent as well as a group having no substituent. do. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Furthermore, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
As the substituent, unless otherwise specified, monovalent substituents are preferred. Examples of the substituent include monovalent nonmetallic atomic groups excluding hydrogen atoms, and can be selected from the following substituents T, for example.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;シクロアルキルオキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基及びブトキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基;フェノキシカルボニル基等のアリールオキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;スルファニル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;芳香族複素環式基;ヒドロキシ基;カルボキシル基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;カルバモイル基;等が挙げられる。また、これらの置換基が更に1個以上の置換基を有することができる場合は、その更なる置換基として上記した置換基から選択した置換基を1個以上有する基(例えば、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、トリフルオロメチル基など)も置換基Tの例に含まれる。
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and tert-butoxy; cycloalkyloxy; phenoxy and p-tolyloxy groups; Aryloxy groups; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl groups; cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl groups; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy, propionyloxy and benzoyloxy groups; acetyl Acyl groups such as benzoyl, isobutyryl, acryloyl, methacryloyl and methoxalyl groups; sulfanyl groups; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl and tert-butylsulfanyl groups; phenylsulfanyl groups and p-tolylsulfanyl groups; Arylsulfanyl group; alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; aromatic heterocyclic group; hydroxy group; carboxyl group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfone Examples include amide group; silyl group; amino group; carbamoyl group; and the like. In addition, when these substituents can further have one or more substituents, the further substituent is a group having one or more substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituents (for example, a monoalkylamino group). , dialkylamino group, arylamino group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.) are also included as examples of the substituent T.
 本明細書において、表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく、「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。 In this specification, the direction of bonding of the divalent groups described is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too. The above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。
In this specification, acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, it is a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using the following software package 1. is the value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 また、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 Furthermore, pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method. A specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. . Note that there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT, and one example is Gaussian 16.
 本明細書において、pKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 本明細書において、pKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
In this specification, pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1, as described above. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used.
In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above, but if pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is adopted. shall be.
 本明細書において、「固形分」とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分を意味し、溶剤は含まれない。また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, "solid content" means a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, it is considered to be a solid content even if the component is liquid.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂(P)、
 活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)、及び
 酸拡散制御剤(B)
を少なくとも含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記化合物(A)及び上記酸拡散制御剤(B)のうち少なくとも1つは、下記式(Z-1)で表される化合物であり、
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、上記化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "composition of the present invention") is
A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group,
A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least
At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-1),
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(Z-1)中、Ar、Ar及びArは各々独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。
 ただし、式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンは下記条件(i)を満たす。
 条件(i):式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンと、下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩を塩(a)とし、下記式(b1)で表されるカチオンと下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩を塩(b)とする。塩(a)及び塩(b)をそれぞれ用いて、「添加した塩のモル数/(上記樹脂(P)と添加した塩の合計質量)」が0.4mmol/gとなるように、それぞれの塩、上記樹脂(P)、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル/乳酸エチルを20/20/60の質量比で含む溶剤からなる、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液を調製する。上記溶液を塗布して得られた膜の2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液であるアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度を測定する。塩(a)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとし、塩(b)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとした場合に、DR及びDRが下記式(i-1)を満たす。
 DR/DR≦0.5 ・・・(i-1)
In formula (Z-1), Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
However, the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) satisfies the following condition (i).
Condition (i): A salt consisting of a sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) and an anion represented by the following formula (a1) is used as salt (a), and a cation represented by the following formula (b1) and the following formula Let the salt consisting of the anion represented by (a1) be salt (b). Using salt (a) and salt (b), each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g. Prepare a solution with a solid content concentration of 2.7% by mass, consisting of a salt, the above resin (P), and a solvent containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether/ethyl lactate in a mass ratio of 20/20/60. . The dissolution rate of the film obtained by applying the above solution in an alkaline developer, which is a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide, is measured. If the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer is DR a , and the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer is DR b , then DR a and DR b satisfies the following formula (i-1).
DR a /DR b ≦0.5 ...(i-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 本発明の組成物により、上記した効果が得られるメカニズムは完全には明らかになっていないが、本発明者らは以下のように推定している。
 樹脂(P)は、親水的な部位であるフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と、疎水的な部位である酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含むため、現像液に対する溶解速度にばらつきがある。樹脂(P)に、式(Z-1)で表される化合物を添加することにより、樹脂(P)の溶解速度(特に、親水的な部位の溶解速度)を低下させる(この作用を「インヒビション」ともいう。)ことができ、溶解速度のばらつきが抑えられ、その結果、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性が良化したと考えられる。また、酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上であることで、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性が更に良化したと考えられる。
Although the mechanism by which the composition of the present invention achieves the above-mentioned effects is not completely clear, the present inventors speculate as follows.
Since the resin (P) contains repeating units having a phenolic hydroxyl group, which is a hydrophilic part, and repeating units having an acid-decomposable group, which is a hydrophobic part, the dissolution rate in the developer varies. By adding the compound represented by the formula (Z-1) to the resin (P), the dissolution rate (especially the dissolution rate of hydrophilic parts) of the resin (P) is reduced (this effect is referred to as "infusion"). It is thought that this is because the dissolution rate variation was suppressed, and as a result, the resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability were improved. It is also believed that resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability were further improved when the content of acid diffusion control agent (B) was 80 mol% or more relative to the content of compound (A). It will be done.
 本発明の組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であっても、非化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 本発明の組成物を用いて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成することができる。本発明の組成物を用いて形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、典型的にはレジスト膜である。
 以下、まず、本発明の組成物の各種成分について詳述する。
The composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. The composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkaline development or an organic solvent development resist composition.
The composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films can be formed using the composition of the present invention. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
Hereinafter, first, various components of the composition of the present invention will be explained in detail.
[樹脂(P)]
 本発明の組成物に含まれる樹脂(P)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂である。
 樹脂(P)は、酸分解性樹脂であり、本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
[Resin (P)]
The resin (P) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
The resin (P) is an acid-decomposable resin, and when an alkaline developer is typically used as a developer in the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention, a positive pattern is preferable. When an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is suitably formed.
(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 酸分解性基は、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基である。
 酸分解性基は、典型的には、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基である。酸分解性基は、酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で極性基が保護された構造を有することが好ましい。典型的には、樹脂(P)は、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する。
 上記極性基としては、アルカリ可溶性基が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びにアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
(Repeating unit with acid-decomposable group)
An acid-decomposable group is a group that decomposes and increases in polarity under the action of an acid.
An acid-decomposable group is typically a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group that leaves by the action of an acid (leaving group). Typically, the polarity of the resin (P) increases due to the action of an acid, so that its solubility in an alkaline developer increases and its solubility in an organic solvent decreases.
The above polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as a carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) Methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl) ) methylene group, acidic groups such as tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene groups, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
 酸の作用により脱離する脱離基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
 式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
 式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38
 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
Examples of the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y3): -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
 式(Y1)及び式(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)、アリール基(単環若しくは多環)、アラルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、又はアルケニル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)を表す。なお、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
 なかでも、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが互いに結合して環(単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい)を形成してもよい。
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 Rx~Rxのアラルキル基としては、上述したRx~Rxのアルキル基中の1個の水素原子を炭素数6~10のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)で置換した基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。
 Rx~Rxのアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基、又はビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
In formulas (Y1) and (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched chain), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group (linear or branched), or an alkenyl group (linear or branched). Note that when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups.
Among these, it is preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. is more preferable.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic).
The alkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, or t-butyl group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. A cycloalkyl group is preferred.
The aryl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like.
The aralkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 described above is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), For example, a benzyl group and the like can be mentioned.
As the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a vinyl group is preferred.
The ring formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a cyclopentyl group or a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or May be substituted with a group. Further, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
The group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) is, for example, an embodiment in which Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group. is preferred.
 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びアルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は水素原子であることも好ましい。
 なお、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基には、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基が含まれていてもよい。例えば、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つ以上が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 また、R38は、繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基と互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。R38と繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基とが互いに結合して形成する基は、メチレン基等のアルキレン基が好ましい。
In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be combined with each other to form a ring. Examples of monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
Note that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may include a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. For example, in the above alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, one or more methylene groups are replaced with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. Good too.
Further, R 38 may be bonded to another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香環基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arはより好ましくはアリール基である。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
 樹脂(P)は、下記式(Pa1)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。下記式(Pa1)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位である。 It is preferable that the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1). The repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1) is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(Pa1)中、RP1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP2は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。 In formula (Pa1), R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P2 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
 RP1が表すアルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 RP2が表す酸の作用により脱離する基としては、前述した式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。RP2が脱離することで、式(Pa1)にはヒドロキシ基(フェノール性水酸基)が生じる。
The alkyl group represented by R P1 may be linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent.
Examples of the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid represented by R P2 include the groups represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). By eliminating R P2 , a hydroxy group (phenolic hydroxyl group) is generated in formula (Pa1).
 樹脂(P)は、下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位である。 It is also preferable that the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2). The repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2) is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(Pa2)中、RP3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP4は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。 In formula (Pa2), R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
 RP3が表すアルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 RP4が表す酸の作用により脱離する基としては、前述した式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。RP4が脱離することで、式(Pa2)にはカルボキシ基が生じる。
The alkyl group represented by R P3 may be linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent.
Examples of the group represented by R P4 that leaves by the action of an acid include the groups represented by the above-mentioned formulas (Y1) to (Y4). When R P4 is eliminated, a carboxyl group is generated in formula (Pa2).
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(P)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、15モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(P)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以下が好ましく、60モル%以下がより好ましく、50モル%以下が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 15 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units in the resin (P). Further, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less, based on all the repeating units in the resin (P). .
 樹脂(P)が含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。樹脂(P)が酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計含有量が上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 The number of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (P) may be one type or two or more types. When the resin (P) contains two or more types of repeating units having acid-decomposable groups, the total content thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
(フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(P)が含むフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、前述した酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、下記式(Pa3)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
(Repeating unit with phenolic hydroxyl group)
The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (P) will be explained.
The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(Pa3)中、R101、R102及びR103は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R102はArと結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは、芳香環基を表す。
 kは、1~5の整数を表す。
In formula (Pa3), R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 102 may combine with Ar A to form a ring, in which case R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar A represents an aromatic ring group.
k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
 式(Pa3)中のR101、R102及びR103は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 R101、R102及びR103のアルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 R101、R102及びR103のシクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。R101、R102及びR103のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 R101、R102及びR103のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子が好ましい。
 R101、R102及びR103のアルコキシカルボニル基中に含まれるアルキル基としては直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルコキシカルボニル基中に含まれるアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
R 101 , R 102 and R 103 in formula (Pa3) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
The alkyl groups of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, particularly preferably from 1 to 3. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 5 to 15. Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R 101 , R 102 and R 103 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. A polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferred.
Examples of the halogen atom for R 101 , R 102 and R 103 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom being preferred.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
 式(Pa3)中のArは芳香環基を表し、より具体的には(k+1)価の芳香環基を表す。kが1である場合における2価の芳香環基は、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又は、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基が好ましい。上記芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 kが2以上の整数である場合における(k+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(k-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。
 (k+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 (k+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等のアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェニル基等のアリール基;等が挙げられる。
 Arは炭素数6~18の芳香環基を表すことが好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基又はビフェニレン環基を表すことがより好ましい。
Ar A in formula (Pa3) represents an aromatic ring group, more specifically represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group. The divalent aromatic ring group when k is 1 is, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, anthracenylene group, or a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, A divalent aromatic ring group containing a hetero ring such as a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiazole ring is preferred. The above aromatic ring group may have a substituent.
Specific examples of (k+1)-valent aromatic ring groups when k is an integer of 2 or more include (k-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups. The following groups are mentioned.
The (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
Substituents that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have are not particularly limited, but include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, - Alkyl groups such as ethylhexyl, octyl and dodecyl; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, propoxy, hydroxypropoxy and butoxy; aryl groups such as phenyl; and the like.
Ar A preferably represents an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, or a biphenylene ring group.
 式(Pa3)中のLは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lが表す2価の連結基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、-COO-、-CONR104-、アルキレン基、又はこれらの基の2種以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。上記R104は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 上記アルキレン基としては、特に限定されないが、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、及びオクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましい。
 R104がアルキル基を表す場合のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数8以下のアルキル基が好ましい。
LA in formula (Pa3) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L A is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -COO-, -CONR 104 -, an alkylene group, or a combination of two or more of these groups. The above R 104 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkylene group is not particularly limited, but alkylene groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, and octylene group are preferable.
When R 104 represents an alkyl group, examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group. Examples include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as groups, and alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferred.
 式(Pa3)で表される繰り返し単位は、ヒドロキシスチレン構造を備えていることが好ましい。すなわち、Arはベンゼン環基を表すことが好ましい。
 kは1~3の整数を表すことが好ましく、1又は2を表すことがより好ましい。
The repeating unit represented by formula (Pa3) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, it is preferable that Ar A represents a benzene ring group.
k preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
 樹脂(P)中のフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(P)中の全繰り返し単位に対して20モル%以上であることが好ましく、30モル%以上であることがより好ましく、40モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(P)中の全繰り返し単位に対して90モル%以下であることが好ましく、85モル%以下であることがより好ましく、80モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group in the resin (P) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mol% or more, and 30 mol% or more based on the total repeating units in the resin (P). It is more preferable that the amount is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of repeating units having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and 80 mol% or less based on the total repeating units in the resin (P). It is more preferable that it is the following.
 樹脂(P)が含むフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。樹脂(P)がフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計含有量が上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 The number of repeating units having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (P) may be one type or two or more types. When the resin (P) contains two or more types of repeating units having phenolic hydroxyl groups, the total content thereof is preferably within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
 樹脂(P)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位に加えて、その他の繰り返し単位を含んでもよい。
 その他の繰り返し単位については、国際公開第2022/024928号の[0112]~[0172]の内容を援用する。
In addition to the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the resin (P) may contain other repeating units.
Regarding other repeating units, the contents of [0112] to [0172] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 are cited.
 樹脂(P)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、樹脂(P)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、30000以下が好ましく、1000~30000がより好ましく、3000~30000が更に好ましく、5000~15000が特に好ましい。
 樹脂(P)の分散度(分子量分布、Pd、Mw/Mn)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1.0~3.0が更に好ましく、1.1~2.0が特に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及びレジスト形状がより優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がよりスムーズであり、ラフネス性にもより優れる。
Resin (P) can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (P) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000 as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by GPC method.
The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (P) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.0 to 3.0, and 1.1 to 2.0. is particularly preferred. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the sidewalls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 本発明の組成物において、樹脂(P)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、40.0~99.9質量%が好ましく、60.0~90.0質量%がより好ましい。
 樹脂(P)は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。樹脂(P)を2種以上使用する場合は、それらの合計含有量が上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (P) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, and 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. is more preferable.
The resin (P) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using two or more types of resins (P), it is preferable that their total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
[式(Z-1)で表される化合物]
 式(Z-1)で表される化合物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)であってもよいし、酸拡散制御剤(B)であってもよい。また、化合物(A)及び酸拡散制御剤(B)のいずれもが式(Z-1)で表される化合物であってもよい。なお、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、pKaが0以上の酸を発生する化合物は、酸拡散制御剤(B)である。また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する部位を2つ以上含む化合物については、発生する酸のうち最もpKaが小さい酸のpKaが0未満である場合は化合物(A)とし、発生する酸のうち最もpKaが小さい酸のpKaが0以上である場合は酸拡散制御剤(B)とする。
[Compound represented by formula (Z-1)]
The compound represented by formula (Z-1) may be a compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, or may be an acid diffusion control agent (B). Good too. Further, both the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) may be a compound represented by formula (Z-1). Note that a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of 0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is an acid diffusion control agent (B). In addition, for compounds containing two or more sites that generate acids upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, if the pKa of the acid with the smallest pKa is less than 0 among the acids generated, it is classified as compound (A). When the pKa of the acid with the smallest pKa among the acids is 0 or more, it is used as an acid diffusion control agent (B).
 式(Z-1)で表される化合物は、酸拡散制御剤(B)であることが好ましい。式(Z-1)で表される化合物から発生する酸のpKaは0以上であることが好ましく、1以上であることがより好ましく、2以上であることが更に好ましい。また、式(Z-1)で表される化合物から発生する酸のpKaは10以下であることが好ましく、9以下であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably an acid diffusion control agent (B). The pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably 0 or more, more preferably 1 or more, and even more preferably 2 or more. Furthermore, the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 9 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(Z-1)中、Ar、Ar及びArは各々独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。 In formula (Z-1), Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
 Ar、Ar及びArが表すアリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基であることがより好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが特に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The aryl group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and is a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. is more preferred, and phenyl group is particularly preferred. The aryl group may have a substituent.
 Ar、Ar及びArが表すヘテロアリール基は、炭素数3~20のヘテロアリール基であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。ヘテロアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The heteroaryl group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The heteroaryl group preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms. Examples of the heteroaryl group include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. The heteroaryl group may have a substituent.
 Ar、Ar及びArはアリール基を表すことが好ましい。 Preferably, Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 represent an aryl group.
 Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。連結基としては、例えば、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-CO-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~5)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~5)、及びこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。 At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CO 2 -, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably (having 2 to 5 carbon atoms), and groups formed by combining two or more of these.
 式(Z-1)中のXはアニオンを表す。アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオン等)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等が挙げられる。 X in formula (Z-1) represents an anion. Examples of anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatic carboxylic acid anions, aralkyl carboxylic acid anions, etc.) ), sulfonylimide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion, and the like.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基であっても、シクロアルキル基であってもよく、炭素数1~30の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又は、炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、例えば、フルオロアルキル基(フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。パーフルオロアルキル基であってもよい)であってもよい。
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be a linear or branched alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
The alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom and may be a perfluoroalkyl group).
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、及び、ナフチル基が挙げられる。 The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ニトロ基、フッ素原子及び塩素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、アルキル基(炭素数1~10が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~15が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~7が好ましい)、アシル基(炭素数2~12が好ましい)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(炭素数2~7が好ましい)、アルキルチオ基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、アルキルスルホニル基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、及び、アリールオキシスルホニル基(炭素数6~20が好ましい)が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent. Substituents are not particularly limited, but include, for example, nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyl groups ( (preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably has 2 to 7 carbon atoms), acyl group (preferably has 2 to 7 carbon atoms), (preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably has 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylimino Examples include a sulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~14のアラルキル基が好ましい。
 炭素数7~14のアラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、及び、ナフチルブチル基が挙げられる。
The aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylic acid anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms include benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, and naphthylbutyl group.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンが挙げられる。 Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、及び、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。これにより、酸強度が増加する。
The alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
Furthermore, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. This increases the acid strength.
 その他のアニオンとしては、例えば、フッ素化燐(例えば、PF )、フッ素化ホウ素(例えば、BF )、及び、フッ素化アンチモン(例えば、SbF )が挙げられる。 Other anions include, for example, fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ), and fluorinated antimony (eg, SbF 6 ).
 Xは下記式(xa1)で表されることが好ましい。 X is preferably represented by the following formula (xa1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(xa1)中、Ara1は芳香環を表す。Ra1は置換基を表す。k1は0~7の整数を表す。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formula (xa1), Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring. R a1 represents a substituent. k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Ara1が表す芳香環は、芳香族炭化水素環でも芳香族ヘテロ環でもよい。芳香族炭化水素環の環員炭素原子数は6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としてはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。芳香族ヘテロ環の環員原子数は4~20が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。芳香族ヘテロ環としては硫黄原子、窒素原子及び酸素原子の少なくとも1つを含むものが好ましい。芳香族ヘテロ環としては、例えば、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、トリアゾール環、フラン環、チオフェン環等の五員環芳香族ヘテロ環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、チアジン環、オキサジン環等の六員環芳香族ヘテロ環などが挙げられる。 The aromatic ring represented by Ar a1 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. The number of ring carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring. The number of ring members of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 5 to 10. The aromatic heterocycle preferably contains at least one of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom. Examples of aromatic heterocycles include five-membered aromatic heterocycles such as pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, triazole ring, furan ring, and thiophene ring; Examples include six-membered aromatic heterocycles such as a pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, thiazine ring, and oxazine ring.
 Ra1が表す置換基は特に限定されないが、例えば上記置換基Tが挙げられ、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基及びハロゲン原子が好ましい。 The substituent represented by R a1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, the above-mentioned substituent T, and a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom are preferred.
 k1は0~7の整数を表し、0~5の整数を表すことが好ましく、0~3の整数を表すことがより好ましい。 k1 represents an integer of 0 to 7, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(Z-1)で表される化合物は、下記式(Z-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (Z-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (Z-2) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(Z-2)中、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は各々独立にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。n1は1~5の整数を表す。n2及びn3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3はそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、複数のRZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3の少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。 In formula (Z-2), R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group. Oxy group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group, acylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5. n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 exist, the plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be the same or different from each other. At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のアルキル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、トリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられる。
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のアルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基及びアルキルスルホニル基に含まれるアルキル基並びにアシルオキシ基がアルキルカルボニルオキシ基である場合のアルキル基及びアシルアミノ基がアルキルカルボニルアミノ基である場合のアルキル基についての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、上記RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のアルキル基と同じである。
The alkyl groups of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, particularly preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, and trifluoromethyl group.
When the alkyl group and acyloxy group contained in the alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group and alkylsulfonyl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 is an alkylcarbonyloxy group, the alkyl group and acylamino group are The explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of the alkyl group when it is an alkylcarbonylamino group are the same as those for the alkyl groups of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 above.
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のシクロアルキル基は、単環でも多環でもよい。シクロアルキル基の炭素数は3~20が好ましく、4~15がより好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基等が挙げられる。シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。シクロアルキル基のシクロアルカン環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基及びエステル結合等のヘテロ原子を有する基、又はビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、シクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のシクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基及びシクロアルキルスルホニル基に含まれるシクロアルキル基並びにアシルオキシ基がシクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基である場合のシクロアルキル基及びアシルアミノ基がシクロアルキルカルボニルアミノ基である場合のシクロアルキル基についての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、上記RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のシクロアルキル基と同じである。
The cycloalkyl groups of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 4 to 15. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. One of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkyl group may be replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group and an ester bond, or a vinylidene group. Further, in the cycloalkyl group, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
The cycloalkyl group and acyloxy group contained in the cycloalkyloxy group, cycloalkylthio group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are cycloalkylcarbonyloxy groups. The explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of the cycloalkyl group when the cycloalkyl group and acylamino group in some cases are cycloalkylcarbonylamino groups are the same as the cycloalkyl groups in R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 above. .
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のアリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基であることがより好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが特に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のアリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基及びアリールスルホニル基に含まれるアリール基並びにアシルオキシ基がアリールカルボニルオキシ基である場合のアリール基及びアシルアミノ基がアリールカルボニルアミノ基である場合のアリール基についての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、上記RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のアリール基と同じである。
The aryl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and is a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. is more preferable, and phenyl group is particularly preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent.
Aryl group and acylamino when the aryl group and acyloxy group contained in the aryloxy group, arylthio group, aryloxycarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group and arylsulfonyl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are arylcarbonyloxy groups When the group is an arylcarbonylamino group, the explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges of the aryl group are the same as those for the aryl group of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 above.
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3のヘテロアリール基は、炭素数3~20のヘテロアリール基であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。ヘテロアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The heteroaryl groups R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are preferably heteroaryl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The heteroaryl group preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms. Examples of the heteroaryl group include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. The heteroaryl group may have a substituent.
 RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3の少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環(RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3が結合するベンゼン環)同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。連結基としては、例えば、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-CO-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~5)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~5)、及びこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。 At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) (the benzene rings to which R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are bonded) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or via a linking group. Examples of the linking group include -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CO 2 -, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably (having 2 to 5 carbon atoms), and groups formed by combining two or more of these.
 式(Z-2)中のXはアニオンを表す。Xの説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述した式(Z-1)中のXと同じである。 X in formula (Z-2) represents an anion. The explanation, specific examples, and preferred range of X − are the same as those for X − in formula (Z-1) above.
(条件(i)について)
 式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオン(下記式(Z-1c)で表されるスルホニウムカチオン)は下記条件(i)を満たす。
 条件(i):式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンと、下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩(下記式(a)で表される塩)を塩(a)とし、下記式(b1)で表されるカチオンと下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩(下記式(b)で表される塩)を塩(b)とする。塩(a)及び塩(b)をそれぞれ用いて、「添加した塩のモル数/(上記樹脂(P)と添加した塩の合計質量)」が0.4mmol/gとなるように、それぞれの塩、上記樹脂(P)、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル/乳酸エチルを20/20/60の質量比で含む溶剤からなる、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液を調製する。上記溶液を塗布して得られた膜の2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液であるアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度を測定する。塩(a)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとし、塩(b)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとした場合に、DR及びDRが下記式(i-1)を満たす。
 DR/DR≦0.5 ・・・(i-1)
(Regarding condition (i))
The sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) (sulfonium cation represented by formula (Z-1c) below) satisfies the following condition (i).
Condition (i): A salt (a salt represented by the following formula (a)) consisting of a sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) and an anion represented by the following formula (a1) is used as salt (a), and the following A salt (a salt represented by the following formula (b)) consisting of a cation represented by the formula (b1) and an anion represented by the following formula (a1) is referred to as salt (b). Using salt (a) and salt (b), each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g. Prepare a solution with a solid content concentration of 2.7% by mass, consisting of a salt, the above resin (P), and a solvent containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether/ethyl lactate in a mass ratio of 20/20/60. . The dissolution rate of the film obtained by applying the above solution in an alkaline developer, which is a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide, is measured. If the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer is DR a , and the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer is DR b , then DR a and DR b satisfies the following formula (i-1).
DR a /DR b ≦0.5 ...(i-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(Z-1c)で表されるスルホニウムカチオンが条件(i)を満たすことで、本発明の組成物は、塩(b)を用いる場合よりもインヒビションが強く、樹脂(P)の溶解速度のばらつきが抑えられ、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性を良化させることができる。 Since the sulfonium cation represented by formula (Z-1c) satisfies condition (i), the composition of the present invention has stronger inhibition than when using salt (b), and the dissolution of resin (P) is improved. Variations in speed are suppressed, and resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability can be improved.
 DR及びDRは、より具体的には、以下のように測定される。 More specifically, DR a and DR b are measured as follows.
(DRの測定)
 塩(a)、樹脂(P)、及び溶剤(20/20/60の質量比のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル/乳酸エチルからなる混合溶剤)からなる、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液(Sa)を調製する。溶液(Sa)において、「塩(a)のモル数/(樹脂(P)と塩(a)の合計質量)」は0.4mmol/gである。
 シリコンウェハ上に溶液(Sa)を1500rpm(rotations per minute)で塗布し、130℃で300秒間ベークして、膜厚80nmの膜(La)を形成する。膜(La)をアルカリ現像液(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの濃度が2.38質量%の水溶液)で600秒間現像(溶解)し、次いで純水で30秒間リンスする。現像後の膜厚を分光エリプソメーター(例えば、M-2000D(ジェー・エー・ウーラム・ジャパン株式会社製))で測定し、現像前の膜厚と現像後の膜厚の差を現像膜厚とする。現像膜厚を現像時間(600秒)で割った値をDRとする。
(Measurement of DR a )
Solid content concentration 2.7 mass consisting of salt (a), resin (P), and solvent (mixed solvent consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether/ethyl lactate in a mass ratio of 20/20/60) % solution (Sa) is prepared. In the solution (Sa), "number of moles of salt (a)/(total mass of resin (P) and salt (a))" is 0.4 mmol/g.
A solution (Sa) is applied onto a silicon wafer at 1500 rpm (rotations per minute) and baked at 130° C. for 300 seconds to form a film (La) with a thickness of 80 nm. The film (La) is developed (dissolved) in an alkaline developer (an aqueous solution containing tetramethylammonium hydroxide at a concentration of 2.38% by mass) for 600 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. The film thickness after development is measured with a spectroscopic ellipsometer (for example, M-2000D (manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd.)), and the difference between the film thickness before and after development is calculated as the developed film thickness. do. The value obtained by dividing the developed film thickness by the development time (600 seconds) is defined as DR a .
(DRの測定)
 塩(b)、樹脂(P)、及び溶剤(20/20/60の質量比のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル/乳酸エチルからなる混合溶剤)からなる、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液(Sb)を調製する。溶液(Sb)において、「塩(b)のモル数/(樹脂(P)と塩(b)の合計質量)」は0.4mmol/gである。
 シリコンウェハ上に溶液(Sb)を1500rpmで塗布し、130℃で300秒間ベークして、膜厚80nmの膜(Lb)を形成する。膜(Lb)をアルカリ現像液(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの濃度が2.38質量%の水溶液)で600秒間現像(溶解)し、次いで純水で30秒間リンスする。現像後の膜厚を分光エリプソメーター(例えば、M-2000D(ジェー・エー・ウーラム・ジャパン株式会社製))で測定し、現像前の膜厚と現像後の膜厚の差を現像膜厚とする。現像膜厚を現像時間(600秒)で割った値をDRとする。
(Measurement of DR b )
Solid content concentration 2.7 mass consisting of salt (b), resin (P), and solvent (mixed solvent consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether/ethyl lactate in a mass ratio of 20/20/60) % solution (Sb) is prepared. In the solution (Sb), "number of moles of salt (b)/(total mass of resin (P) and salt (b))" is 0.4 mmol/g.
A solution (Sb) is applied onto a silicon wafer at 1500 rpm and baked at 130° C. for 300 seconds to form a film (Lb) with a thickness of 80 nm. The film (Lb) is developed (dissolved) for 600 seconds with an alkaline developer (aqueous solution with a concentration of tetramethylammonium hydroxide of 2.38% by mass), and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. The film thickness after development is measured with a spectroscopic ellipsometer (for example, M-2000D (manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd.)), and the difference between the film thickness before and after development is calculated as the developed film thickness. do. The value obtained by dividing the developed film thickness by the development time (600 seconds) is defined as DR b .
 DR及びDRの測定で用いる樹脂(P)及び溶剤は、それぞれ同じものを用いる。 The same resin (P) and solvent are used in the measurement of DR a and DR b .
 DR/DRは、0.5以下であり、0.4以下であることが好ましく、0.3以下であることがより好ましく、0.2以下であることが更に好ましい。また、DR/DRは、0.01以上であることが好ましく、0.02以上であることがより好ましい。
 より強いインヒビションにより、更に優れた解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性が得られるという理由から、DR及びDRが下記式(i-2)を満たすことが特に好ましい。
 DR/DR≦0.10 ・・・(i-2)
DR a /DR b is 0.5 or less, preferably 0.4 or less, more preferably 0.3 or less, and even more preferably 0.2 or less. Moreover, it is preferable that DR a /DR b is 0.01 or more, and it is more preferable that it is 0.02 or more.
It is particularly preferable that DR a and DR b satisfy the following formula (i-2) because stronger inhibition can provide even better resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability.
DR a /DR b ≦0.10 ...(i-2)
 式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオン(式(Z-1c)で表されるスルホニウムカチオン)のClogPは、3以上11以下であることが好ましく、3以上8以下であることがより好ましく、4以上8以下であることが特に好ましい。
 ClogPとは、1-オクタノールと水への分配係数Pの常用対数logPを計算によって求めた値である。ClogPの計算に用いる方法及びソフトウェアについては公知の物を使用できるが、特に断らない限り、本発明ではCambridge soft社のChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0に組み込まれたClogPプログラムを用いる。
ClogP of the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) (sulfonium cation represented by formula (Z-1c)) is preferably 3 or more and 11 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 8 or less, and 4 It is particularly preferable that the number is 8 or less.
ClogP is a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the partition coefficient P between 1-octanol and water. Although known methods and software can be used to calculate ClogP, unless otherwise specified, the present invention uses the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0 from Cambridge software.
[化合物(A)]
 化合物(A)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、pKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物である。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により、化合物(A)から発生する酸のpKaは、-0.1以下が好ましく、-0.5以下がより好ましい。また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、化合物(A)から発生する酸のpKaは、-1.5以上が好ましく、-1.0以上がより好ましい。
 化合物(A)は、式(Z-1)で表される化合物であってもよいし、式(Z-1)で表される化合物とは異なる化合物であってもよい。
[Compound (A)]
Compound (A) is a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
The pKa of the acid generated from compound (A) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably -0.1 or less, more preferably -0.5 or less. Further, the pKa of the acid generated from the compound (A) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably -1.5 or more, more preferably -1.0 or more.
Compound (A) may be a compound represented by formula (Z-1), or may be a compound different from the compound represented by formula (Z-1).
 化合物(A)は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態とを併用してもよい。
 化合物(A)が低分子化合物の形態である場合、化合物(A)の分子量は3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、100以上が好ましい。
 化合物(A)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、樹脂(P)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(P)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 化合物(A)は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
Compound (A) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated into a part of the polymer. Further, a form of a low molecular compound and a form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used together.
When compound (A) is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight of compound (A) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, even more preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more.
When the compound (A) is incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (P), or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (P).
Compound (A) is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
 化合物(A)としては、例えば、「M X」で表される化合物(オニウム塩)が挙げられ、露光により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記有機酸として、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及びカンファースルホン酸等)、カルボン酸(脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボン酸、及びアラルキルカルボン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸が挙げられる。
Examples of the compound (A) include a compound represented by "M + X - " (onium salt), and preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon exposure to light.
Examples of the organic acids include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkylcarboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid.
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは、有機カチオンを表す。有機カチオンとしては、式(ZaI)で表されるカチオン(以下「カチオン(ZaI)」ともいう。
)、又は、式(ZaII)で表されるカチオン(以下「カチオン(ZaII)」ともいう。)が好ましい。
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation. As the organic cation, a cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaI)").
) or a cation represented by formula (ZaII) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaII)") is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(ZaI)において、R201、R202、及びR203は、それぞれ独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203の有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In formula (ZaI), R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic groups of R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20. Two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
 R201、R202、及びR203の有機基は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基が好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基であることがより好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが特に好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、炭素数3~20のヘテロアリール基であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。
 式(ZaI)で表されるカチオンは、式(Z-1c)で表されるスルホニウムカチオンであってもよい。
The organic groups of R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
The alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 5 to 15. As the cycloalkyl group, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group are preferable. .
The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, even more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and preferably a phenyl group. is particularly preferred.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The heteroaryl group preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms. Examples of the heteroaryl group include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
The cation represented by formula (ZaI) may be a sulfonium cation represented by formula (Z-1c).
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェンが挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば、炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば、炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基が挙げられる。また、R204及びR205の置換基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., carbon number 3 to 15), an aryl group (eg, carbon number 6 to 15), an alkoxy group (eg, carbon number 1 to 15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group. Furthermore, it is also preferable that the substituents of R 204 and R 205 each independently form an acid-decomposable group using any combination of substituents.
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Xはアニオンを表す。Xの具体例は前述した式(Z-1)中のXと同じであるが、Xは下記式(ca1)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。すなわち、化合物(A)は、下記式(ca1)で表されるアニオンを含むことが好ましい。 In the compound represented by "M + X - ", X - represents an anion. Specific examples of X are the same as X in formula (Z-1) described above, but X is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (ca1). That is, the compound (A) preferably contains an anion represented by the following formula (ca1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(ca1)中、Ara2は芳香環を表す。Ra2は置換基を表す。k2は0~7の整数を表す。k2が2以上の場合、複数のRa2は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k2が2以上の場合、複数のRa2は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formula (ca1), Ar a2 represents an aromatic ring. R a2 represents a substituent. k2 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2s may be the same or different from each other. When k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Ara2が表す芳香環は、芳香族炭化水素環でも芳香族ヘテロ環でもよい。芳香族炭化水素環の環員炭素原子数は6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としてはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。芳香族ヘテロ環の環員原子数は4~20が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。芳香族ヘテロ環としては窒素原子及び酸素原子の少なくとも1つを含むものが好ましい。芳香族ヘテロ環としては、例えば、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、トリアゾール環等の五員環芳香族ヘテロ環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、チアジン環、オキサジン環等の六員環芳香族ヘテロ環などが挙げられる。
 Ara2が表す芳香環は、芳香族炭化水素環であることが好ましい。
The aromatic ring represented by Ar a2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. The number of ring carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring. The number of ring members of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 5 to 10. The aromatic heterocycle preferably contains at least one of a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. Examples of aromatic heterocycles include five-membered aromatic heterocycles such as pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, and triazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, Examples include six-membered aromatic heterocycles such as a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, a thiazine ring, and an oxazine ring.
The aromatic ring represented by Ar a2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
 Ra2が表す置換基は特に限定されないが、例えば上記置換基Tが挙げられ、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基及びハロゲン原子が好ましい。 The substituent represented by R a2 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, the above-mentioned substituent T, with preference given to a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
 k2は0~7の整数を表し、0~5の整数を表すことが好ましく、0~3の整数を表すことがより好ましい。 k2 represents an integer of 0 to 7, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 化合物(A)は、下記化合物(I)~(II)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つであってもよい。 Compound (A) may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II) below.
(化合物(I))
 化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
  構造部位X:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HAで表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
  構造部位Y:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HAで表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
 上記化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。
(Compound (I))
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and the following first acidic acid derived from the following structural moiety This is a compound that generates an acid containing the following second acidic site derived from the structural site Y below.
Structural site X: A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 1 - and a cationic site M 1 + , and which forms a first acidic site represented by HA 1 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation Structural site Y: Anionic site A structural site consisting of A 2 and a cationic site M 2 + and forming a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation The above compound (I) satisfies the following condition I .
 条件I:上記化合物(I)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M 及び上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなる化合物PIが、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1と、上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a2とを有し、かつ、上記酸解離定数a1よりも上記酸解離定数a2の方が大きい。上記酸解離定数a1のうち少なくとも1つは0未満である。 Condition I: A compound PI obtained by replacing the cation moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cation moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + in the compound (I) is The acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 is obtained by replacing the cationic site M 2 + in the structural site Y with H + It has an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1. At least one of the acid dissociation constants a1 is less than 0.
 以下において、条件Iをより具体的に説明する。
 化合物(I)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を1つと、上記構造部位Yに由来する上記第2の酸性部位を1つ有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIは「HAとHAとを有する化合物」に該当する。
 化合物PIの酸解離定数a1及び酸解離定数a2とは、より具体的に説明すると、化合物PIの酸解離定数を求めた場合において、化合物PIが「A とHAとを有する化合物」となる際のpKaが酸解離定数a1であり、上記「A とHAとを有する化合物」が「A とA とを有する化合物」となる際のpKaが酸解離定数a2である。
Condition I will be explained in more detail below.
When compound (I) is, for example, an acid-generating compound having one of the first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and one of the second acidic sites derived from the structural site Y. , compound PI corresponds to "a compound having HA 1 and HA 2 ".
To be more specific, the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the compound PI are defined as, when the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is determined, the compound PI is a "compound having A 1 - and HA 2 ". The pKa when the above "compound having A 1 - and HA 2 " becomes "the compound having A 1 - and A 2 - " is the acid dissociation constant a2. be.
 化合物(I)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つと、上記構造部位Yに由来する上記第2の酸性部位を1つと有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIは「2つのHAと1つのHAとを有する化合物」に該当する。
 化合物PIの酸解離定数を求めた場合、化合物PIが「1つのA と1つのHAと1つのHAとを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数、及び「1つのA と1つのHAと1つのHAとを有する化合物」が「2つのA と1つのHAとを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が、上述の酸解離定数a1に該当する。「2つのA と1つのHAとを有する化合物」が「2つのA とA を有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が酸解離定数a2に該当する。つまり、化合物PIの場合、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数を複数有する場合、複数の酸解離定数a1のうち最も大きい値よりも、酸解離定数a2の値の方が大きい。なお、化合物PIが「1つのA と1つのHAと1つのHAとを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数をaaとし、「1つのA と1つのHAと1つのHAとを有する化合物」が「2つのA と1つのHAとを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数をabとしたとき、aa及びabの関係は、aa<abを満たす。
When compound (I) is, for example, an acid-generating compound having two of the first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and one of the second acidic sites derived from the structural site Y. , compound PI corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 and one HA 2 ".
When calculating the acid dissociation constant of compound PI, the acid dissociation constant when compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 ", and "one A 1 - The acid dissociation constant when a compound having one HA 1 and one HA 2 becomes a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a1 described above. . The acid dissociation constant when "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " becomes "a compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2. In other words, in the case of compound PI, when it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by replacing the cation site M 1 + in the structural site X with H + , it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants. The value of acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the largest value of a1. Note that the acid dissociation constant when compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 , and one HA 2 " is aa, and "one A 1 - and one HA 1 and 1 When ab is the acid dissociation constant when a compound with one HA 2 becomes a compound with two A 1 - and one HA 2 , the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa<ab. .
 酸解離定数a1及び酸解離定数a2は、上述した酸解離定数の測定方法により求められる。
 上記化合物PIとは、化合物(I)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
 化合物(I)が2つ以上の構造部位Xを有する場合、構造部位Xは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び2つ以上の上記M は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 化合物(I)中、上記A 及び上記A 、並びに、上記M 及び上記M は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、上記A 及び上記A は、それぞれ異なっていることが好ましい。
The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are determined by the acid dissociation constant measurement method described above.
The above-mentioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
When compound (I) has two or more structural sites X, the structural sites X may be the same or different. Further, two or more of the above A 1 and two or more of the above M 1 + may be the same or different.
In compound (I), the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - , and the above M 1 + and the above M 2 + may be the same or different, but the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - are preferably different from each other.
(化合物(II))
 化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
 構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位
(Compound (II))
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties It is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more sites and the above structural site Z.
Structural site Z: nonionic site capable of neutralizing acids
 化合物(II)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つと上記構造部位Zとを有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIIは「2つのHAを有する化合物」に該当する。この化合物PIIの酸解離定数を求めた場合、化合物PIIが「1つのA と1つのHAとを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数、及び「1つのA と1つのHAとを有する化合物」が「2つのA を有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が、酸解離定数a1に該当する。 When compound (II) is, for example, an acid-generating compound having two of the first acidic sites derived from the structural site X and the structural site Z, the compound PII is a compound having two HA 1 Compounds” When calculating the acid dissociation constant of this compound PII, the acid dissociation constant when compound PII becomes "a compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and "one A 1 - and one HA 1" are determined. The acid dissociation constant when a "compound having 1 " becomes "a compound having two A 1 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a1.
 酸解離定数a1は、上述した酸解離定数の測定方法により求められる。上記酸解離定数a1のうち少なくとも1つは0未満である。
 上記化合物PIIとは、化合物(II)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
 なお、上記2つ以上の構造部位Xは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。2つ以上の上記A 、及び2つ以上の上記M は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
The acid dissociation constant a1 is determined by the acid dissociation constant measurement method described above. At least one of the acid dissociation constants a1 is less than 0.
The above-mentioned compound PII corresponds to an acid generated when compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
Note that the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. The two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
 構造部位Z中の酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位としては特に制限されず、例えば、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基、又は、電子を有する官能基を含む部位であることが好ましい。
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基、又は、電子を有する官能基としては、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基が挙げられる。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。
The nonionic site that can neutralize the acid in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and for example, it must be a site that contains a group that can electrostatically interact with protons or a functional group that has electrons. is preferred.
The group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or the functional group having electrons is a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a functional group having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π conjugation. Examples include functional groups having a nitrogen atom. A nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基の部分構造としては、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造が挙げられ、なかでも、1~3級アミン構造が好ましい。 Examples of partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, aza crown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. Among these, primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
 カチオン、化合物(I)及び化合物(II)については、国際公開第2022/024928号の[0207]~[0278]の内容を援用することができる。 Regarding the cation, compound (I) and compound (II), the contents of [0207] to [0278] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 can be cited.
 本発明の組成物中の化合物(A)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、1.0質量%以上が好ましく、3.0質量%以上がより好ましく、5.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。化合物(A)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、30.0質量%以下が好ましく、25.0質量%以下がより好ましく、20.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 化合物(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
The content of compound (A) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 3.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.5. More preferably, it is 0% by mass or more. The content of compound (A) is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, more preferably 25.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. .
Compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
[酸拡散制御剤(B)]
 酸拡散制御剤(B)は、露光時に、例えば、化合物(A)等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。
 酸拡散制御剤(B)の種類は特に制限されず、例えば、塩基性化合物(BA)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(BB)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸拡散制御能が低下又は消失する化合物(BC)が挙げられる。
 化合物(BC)としては、例えば化合物(A)等から発生する酸に対して相対的に弱酸となる酸のオニウム塩化合物(BD)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(BE)が挙げられる。
 塩基性化合物(BA)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0132]~[0136]に記載のものが挙げられ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(BE)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0137]~[0155]に記載のもの、及び国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0164]に記載のものが挙げられ、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(BB)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0156]~[0163]に記載のものが挙げられる。
 例えば化合物(A)等から発生する酸に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(BD)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/158337号の段落[0305]~[0314]に記載のものが挙げられる。
[Acid diffusion control agent (B)]
The acid diffusion control agent (B) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from, for example, the compound (A) during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to the excess generated acid. do.
The type of acid diffusion control agent (B) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a basic compound (BA), a low molecular compound (BB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and an active compound. Examples include compounds (BC) whose ability to control acid diffusion decreases or disappears when irradiated with light or radiation.
The compound (BC) includes, for example, an onium salt compound (BD) of an acid that becomes a weak acid relative to the acid generated from the compound (A), etc., and an acid onium salt compound (BD) whose basicity decreases or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Examples include basic compounds (BE).
Specific examples of basic compounds (BA) include those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824; Specific examples of basic compounds (BE) that disappear include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, and those described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. Specific examples of low molecular weight compounds (BB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. Examples include those described in .
For example, as a specific example of an onium salt compound (BD) that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from compound (A), etc., see paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of International Publication No. 2020/158337. Examples include those listed below.
 上記以外にも、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号の段落[0627]~[0664]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号の段落[0095]~[0187]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号の段落[0403]~[0423]、及び米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号の段落[0259]~[0328]に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤として好適に使用できる。 In addition to the above, for example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1. Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of No. 1, and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 can be suitably used as acid diffusion control agents.
 酸拡散制御剤(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0以上の酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 酸拡散制御剤(B)は、式(Z-1)で表される化合物であってもよいし、式(Z-1)で表される化合物とは異なる化合物であってもよいが、式(Z-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 酸拡散制御剤(B)は、前述の式(xa1)で表されるアニオンを含むことが好ましい。
The acid diffusion control agent (B) is preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of 0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
The acid diffusion control agent (B) may be a compound represented by formula (Z-1) or a compound different from the compound represented by formula (Z-1), but A compound represented by (Z-1) is preferred.
It is preferable that the acid diffusion control agent (B) contains an anion represented by the above-mentioned formula (xa1).
 本発明の組成物中の酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、3.0質量%以上が好ましく、5.0質量%以上がより好ましく、10.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。化合物(A)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、50.0質量%以下が好ましく、40.0質量%以下がより好ましく、30.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 酸拡散制御剤(B)は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
The content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 3.0% by mass or more, more preferably 5.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. , more preferably 10.0% by mass or more. The content of compound (A) is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 40.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. .
The acid diffusion control agent (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
(化合物(A)の含有量に対する酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量について)
 酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量は、化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である。
 化合物(A)の含有量に対する酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量の比率(モル%)を「(B)/(A)」とすると、(B)/(A)={酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量/化合物(A)の含有量}×100である。
 化合物(A)の含有量に対する酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量の比率は、100モル%以上であることが好ましく、130モル%以上であることがより好ましく、150モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、化合物(A)の含有量に対する酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量の比率は、450モル%以下であることが好ましく、400モル%以下であることがより好ましく、350モル%以下であることが特に好ましい。
(About the content of acid diffusion control agent (B) relative to the content of compound (A))
The content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more based on the content of the compound (A).
If the ratio (mol%) of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) is "(B)/(A)", (B)/(A) = {acid diffusion control agent (B) content/compound (A) content}×100.
The ratio of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) is preferably 100 mol% or more, more preferably 130 mol% or more, and 150 mol% or more. is particularly preferred. Further, the ratio of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) is preferably 450 mol% or less, more preferably 400 mol% or less, and 350 mol% or less. It is particularly preferable that there be.
 本発明の組成物において、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量は、全固形分に対して0.3mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、0.35mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、0.40mmol/g以上であることが特に好ましい。また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量は、全固形分に対して1.5mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、1.2mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、1.0mmol/g以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably 0.3 mmol/g or more, and preferably 0.35 mmol/g or more based on the total solid content. is more preferable, and particularly preferably 0.40 mmol/g or more. In addition, the total amount of compounds that generate acids upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably 1.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 1.2 mmol/g or less, and 1.5 mmol/g or less based on the total solid content. It is particularly preferable that it is .0 mmol/g or less.
 本発明の組成物において、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量に対する式(Z-1)で表される化合物の割合が、50モル%以上であることが好ましく、75モル%以上であることがより好ましく、100モル%である(本発明の組成物中の活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物が全て式(Z-1)で表される化合物である)ことが特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the proportion of the compound represented by formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 75 mol%. More preferably, it is 100 mol% (all compounds in the composition of the present invention that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation are compounds represented by formula (Z-1)). is particularly preferred.
[疎水性樹脂(樹脂(T))]
 本発明の組成物は、更に、樹脂(P)とは異なる疎水性樹脂(「樹脂(T)」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
[Hydrophobic resin (resin (T))]
The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as "resin (T)") different from resin (P).
The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed so that it is unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it is necessary to uniformly mix polar and non-polar substances. does not have to contribute to
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、フッ素原子、珪素原子、及び、樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有することがより好ましい。上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有することが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂としては、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the membrane surface layer, the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one of a fluorine atom, a silicon atom, and a CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin, and two or more of them are preferred. It is more preferable to have the above. The hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chains.
Examples of the hydrophobic resin include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 本発明の組成物が疎水性樹脂を含む場合、疎水性樹脂の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 20.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. 15.0% by mass is more preferred.
The hydrophobic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
[界面活性剤]
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することができる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。
[Surfactant]
The composition of the invention may also contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.0005 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 1.0% by mass, and even more preferably from 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
One type of surfactant or two or more types of surfactants may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
[溶剤]
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいることが好ましい。なお、上記溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
[solvent]
Preferably, the composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
The solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable that at least one selected from the group is included. Note that the above solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
 上述した溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせると、本発明の組成物の塗布性の向上、及び、パターンの現像欠陥数の低減の観点で好ましい。上述した溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、レジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制することができる。
 成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
It is preferable to combine the above-mentioned solvent and the above-mentioned resin from the viewpoint of improving the coating properties of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the above-mentioned solvent has a good balance between the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and the generation of precipitates during spin coating.
Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明の組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めることがより好ましい。こうすると、本発明の組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。 The content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the applicability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.
[その他の添加剤]
 本発明の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又は、カルボキシル基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Other additives]
The composition of the present invention includes a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or It may further contain an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
 上記「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。 The above-mentioned "dissolution-inhibiting compound" is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less that decomposes under the action of an acid and reduces its solubility in an organic developer.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の別の態様>
 本発明は、下記構成の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にも関するものである。
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂(P)、
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により、pKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)、及び 酸拡散制御剤(B)
を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記樹脂(P)は、下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、
 上記化合物(A)及び上記酸拡散制御剤(B)のうち少なくとも1つは、下記式(Z-2)で表される化合物であり、
 上記酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、上記化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<Another embodiment of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having the following structure.
A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group,
A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing,
The resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2),
At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2),
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more relative to the content of the compound (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(Pa2)中、RP3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP4は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。 In formula (Pa2), R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(Z-2)中、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は各々独立にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。n1は1~5の整数を表す。n2及びn3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RZ1が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RZ2が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ2は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RZ3が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ3は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xは下記式(xa1)で表されるアニオンを表す。 In formula (Z-2), R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group. Oxy group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group, acylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5. n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R Z1s exist, the plurality of R Z1s may be the same or different from each other, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R Z2s exist, the plurality of R Z2s may be the same or different, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R Z3s exist, the plurality of R Z3s may be the same or different from each other, and may be bonded to each other. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(xa1)中、Ara1は芳香環を表す。Ra1は置換基を表す。k1は0~7の整数を表す。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formula (xa1), Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring. R a1 represents a substituent. k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 上記各式についての説明、及び各成分の含有量は前述したものと同じである。 The explanation of each of the above formulas and the content of each component are the same as those described above.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法>
 本発明は、本発明の組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にも関する。本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜はレジスト膜であることが好ましい。
 本発明はパターン形成方法にも関する。本発明のパターン形成方法は、本発明の組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(典型的にはレジスト膜)を形成する工程と、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有することが好ましい。
 工程1:本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
 工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
 工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程
 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method>
The invention also relates to actinic- or radiation-sensitive films formed with the compositions of the invention. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
The invention also relates to a patterning method. The pattern forming method of the present invention includes the steps of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (typically a resist film) on a substrate using the composition of the present invention, and forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate. Preferably, the pattern forming method includes the steps of exposing to light and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it is preferable to include the following steps.
Step 1: Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention Step 2: Step of exposing the resist film Step 3: Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer Hereinafter, the above will be described. The procedure for each process will be explained in detail.
(工程1:レジスト膜形成工程)
 工程1は、本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。
(Step 1: Resist film formation step)
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
 本発明の組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、本発明の組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前に本発明の組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過することが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
Examples of the method for forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of applying the composition of the present invention onto a substrate.
In addition, it is preferable to filter the composition of the present invention through a filter before application, if necessary. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 本発明の組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。
 本発明の組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The compositions of the present invention can be applied onto substrates (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices by any suitable application method such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After applying the composition of the present invention, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (an inorganic film, an organic film, an antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 Examples of the drying method include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。ArF液浸露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. In the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成することが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、本発明の組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
 トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも1つ含む化合物を含むことも好ましい。
Note that a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
It is preferable that the top coat composition is not mixed with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film. Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the composition of the present invention.
It is also preferable that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
(工程2:露光工程)
 工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが特に好ましい。
(Step 2: Exposure step)
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Examples of active light or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and 1 to 200 nm. Particularly preferred are deep ultraviolet light of wavelengths, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
 露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うことが好ましい。ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 この工程は露光後ベークともいう。
It is preferable to perform baking (heating) after exposure and before development. Baking accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out using means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
This step is also called post-exposure bake.
(工程3:現像工程)
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。
(Process 3: Development process)
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静置して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and left to stand for a certain period of time (paddle method). method), a method in which the developer is sprayed onto the surface of the substrate (spray method), and a method in which the developer is continuously discharged while scanning a developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). ).
Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
 アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0であることが好ましい。 As the alkaline developer, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali. The type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, but examples include quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions containing. Among these, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable that there be.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
(他の工程)
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。
(Other processes)
It is preferable that the pattern forming method includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
Examples of the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing using an alkaline developer include pure water. Note that an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added to the pure water.
An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。 The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used. The rinsing liquid should contain at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)が挙げられる。
 また、パターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method) and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Further, the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Further, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed. A method of forming a pattern is preferred. The dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 本発明の組成物、及びパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm(parts per million)以下が好ましく、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZnが挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method (e.g., solvent, developer, rinsing liquid, composition for forming an antireflective film, composition for forming a top coat, etc.) do not contain impurities such as metals. It is preferable not to include it. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, and 10 mass ppm (parts per million) or less. A mass ppt or less is particularly preferred, and a mass ppt or less is most preferred. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, Examples include W and Zn.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0321]に記載される。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法が挙げられる。 Methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, methods of selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and methods of filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。 In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials mentioned above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from being mixed in during the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、及び、チューブ等)の故障を防止するため、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0.01質量%以上が好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
Organic processing liquids such as rinsing liquids contain conductive compounds to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. may be added. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned. The amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used. Similarly, for the filter and O-ring, antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
<電子デバイスの製造方法>
 本明細書は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本明細書の電子デバイスの好適態様としては、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に搭載される態様が挙げられる。
<Method for manufacturing electronic devices>
The present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
Preferred embodiments of the electronic device of this specification include embodiments in which it is installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on Examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, and processing procedures shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the Examples shown below.
 実施例及び比較例のレジスト組成物に用いた各種成分について以下に示す。 Various components used in the resist compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
<樹脂(P)>
 樹脂(P)として、P-1~P-9を用いた。P-1~P-9に含まれる繰り返し単位の種類と含有量を下記表1に示す。繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対するモル比率である。
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。
<Resin (P)>
As the resin (P), P-1 to P-9 were used. The types and contents of repeating units contained in P-1 to P-9 are shown in Table 1 below. The content of repeating units is the molar ratio to all repeating units in the resin.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount is in terms of polystyrene). Further, the content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
 各繰り返し単位の構造式を以下に示す。 The structural formula of each repeating unit is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
<疎水性樹脂(樹脂(T))>
 疎水性樹脂(樹脂(T))として、T-1を用いた。T-1の構造式、繰り返し単位の含有量、Mw及びMw/Mnを以下に示す。T-1に含まれる繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対するモル比率である。Mw及びMw/MnはGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMRにより測定した。
<Hydrophobic resin (resin (T))>
T-1 was used as the hydrophobic resin (resin (T)). The structural formula, repeating unit content, Mw and Mw/Mn of T-1 are shown below. The content of repeating units contained in T-1 is the molar ratio to all repeating units in the resin. Mw and Mw/Mn were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (they are polystyrene equivalent amounts). The content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
<化合物(A)>
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により、pKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)として、A-1~A-18及びAR-1を用いた。A-1~A-18及びAR-1は、それぞれ下記表2及び表3に示すカチオンとアニオンを含む化合物である。下記表2及び表3には、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、各化合物から発生する酸(発生酸)のpKaも記載した。
<Compound (A)>
A-1 to A-18 and AR-1 were used as compounds (A) that generate acids with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. A-1 to A-18 and AR-1 are compounds containing cations and anions shown in Tables 2 and 3 below, respectively. Tables 2 and 3 below also list the pKa of the acid generated from each compound (generated acid) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
<酸拡散制御剤(B)>
 酸拡散制御剤(B)として、B-1~B-31及びBR-1を用いた。B-1~B-26及びBR-1は、それぞれ下記表4に示すカチオンとアニオンを含む化合物である。B-28~B-31は、それぞれ下記表5に示すカチオンとアニオンを含む化合物である。下記表4及び表5には、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、各化合物から発生する酸(発生酸)のpKaも記載した。B-27は下記構造式で示される化合物である。
<Acid diffusion control agent (B)>
B-1 to B-31 and BR-1 were used as the acid diffusion control agent (B). B-1 to B-26 and BR-1 are compounds containing cations and anions shown in Table 4 below, respectively. B-28 to B-31 are compounds each containing a cation and anion shown in Table 5 below. Tables 4 and 5 below also list the pKa of the acid generated from each compound (generated acid) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. B-27 is a compound represented by the following structural formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 カチオンの構造式を以下に示す。Meはメチル基を表す。 The structural formula of the cation is shown below. Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 アニオンの構造式を以下に示す。 The structural formula of the anion is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
<溶剤>
 使用した溶剤を以下に示す。
 S-1: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート
 S-3: 乳酸エチル
<Solvent>
The solvents used are shown below.
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate S-3: Ethyl lactate
<レジスト組成物の調製>
 表6及び表7に示す溶剤以外の各成分を、表6及び表7に示す含有量(質量%)で使用し、表6及び表7に示す溶剤と混合して溶液を得た。各成分の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対する質量比率である。得られた溶液を0.02μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、レジスト組成物R-1~R-38、XR-1及びXR-2を得た。レジスト組成物の固形分濃度は3.0質量%に調整した。固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。表6及び表7には、使用した溶剤の種類とその質量比率を記載した。
 表6及び表7において、各成分を2種以上使用した場合は、それぞれの種類と含有量を「/」で区切って表した。例えば、レジスト組成物R-30で「B-9/BR-1」は、酸拡散制御剤(B)としてB-9とBR-1の2種を使用したことを表し、「2.3/7.6」は、B-9の含有量が2.3質量%であり、BR-1の含有量が7.6質量%であることを表す。
<Preparation of resist composition>
Each component other than the solvent shown in Tables 6 and 7 was used in the content (mass%) shown in Tables 6 and 7, and mixed with the solvent shown in Tables 6 and 7 to obtain a solution. The content of each component is a mass ratio to the total solid content of the resist composition. The obtained solution was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 μm to obtain resist compositions R-1 to R-38, XR-1 and XR-2. The solid content concentration of the resist composition was adjusted to 3.0% by mass. Solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples. Tables 6 and 7 list the types of solvents used and their mass ratios.
In Tables 6 and 7, when two or more types of each component were used, each type and content are shown separated by "/". For example, in resist composition R-30, "B-9/BR-1" indicates that two types, B-9 and BR-1, were used as the acid diffusion control agent (B), and "2.3/BR-1" indicates that two types, B-9 and BR-1, were used as the acid diffusion control agent (B). 7.6'' represents that the content of B-9 is 2.3% by mass and the content of BR-1 is 7.6% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
 各レジスト組成物について、化合物(A)又は酸拡散制御剤(B)に含まれるカチオンについて、前述の条件(i)を満たすか否かを調べた。下記表8及び表9の「(A)又は(B)に含まれるカチオン」の欄に、対象としたカチオンの種類、DR/DRの値、ClogPの値をそれぞれ記載した。DR/DR及びClogPは、それぞれ前述した方法で求めた。なお、DR及びDRの測定において、現像後の膜厚は、M-2000D(ジェー・エー・ウーラム・ジャパン株式会社製)で測定した。
 化合物(A)の含有量に対する酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量の比率(モル%)を「(B)/(A)」の欄に記載した。
 レジスト組成物の全固形分に対する、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(総量)の割合(mmol/g)を、「PAG総量」の欄に記載した。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量に対する式(Z-1)で表される化合物の割合(モル%)を、「PAG総量中の(Z-1)の割合」の欄に記載した。
For each resist composition, it was examined whether the cations contained in the compound (A) or the acid diffusion control agent (B) satisfied the above-mentioned condition (i). In the column "Cation contained in (A) or (B)" in Tables 8 and 9 below, the type of cation, the value of DR a /DR b , and the value of ClogP are listed, respectively. DR a /DR b and ClogP were each determined by the methods described above. In the measurement of DR a and DR b , the film thickness after development was measured using M-2000D (manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd.).
The ratio (mol %) of the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) to the content of the compound (A) was written in the column "(B)/(A)".
The ratio (mmol/g) of the compound (total amount) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to the total solid content of the resist composition is listed in the "PAG total amount" column.
Enter the ratio (mol%) of the compound represented by formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in the column of "Ratio of (Z-1) in the total amount of PAG". Described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
<レジスト組成物の塗設>
 調製したレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSi(シリコン)ウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、130℃、300秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
 なお、上記Siウェハをクロム基板に変更しても、同様の結果が得られるものである。
<Coating of resist composition>
The prepared resist composition was applied onto a 6-inch Si (silicon) wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark 8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 130° C. for 300 seconds. As a result, a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm was obtained.
Note that similar results can be obtained even if the Si wafer is replaced with a chromium substrate.
(実施例1-1~1-38、比較例1-1~1-2)
<パターン形成方法(1):EB露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、電子線描画装置((株)アドバンテスト製;F7000S、加速電圧50keV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。この際、1:1のラインアンドスペースが形成されるように描画を行った。電子線描画後、100℃、60秒ホットプレート上で加熱し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥した。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。
(Examples 1-1 to 1-38, Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-2)
<Pattern formation method (1): EB exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam drawing device (manufactured by Advantest Corporation; F7000S, acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so that a 1:1 line and space was formed. After electron beam drawing, it was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. . Thereafter, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it.
[評価]
〔解像性〕
 得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所製S-9380II)を用いて観察した。線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量(電子線照射量)を感度(Eop)とした。
 上記の感度を示す露光量における限界解像力(ラインとスペース(ライン:スペース=1:1)が分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像性(nm)とした。この値が小さいほど、解像性が高い。
[evaluation]
[Resolution]
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) when resolving a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm was defined as the sensitivity (Eop).
The critical resolution (minimum line width at which lines and spaces (line:space = 1:1) are separated and resolved) at the exposure amount that gives the above sensitivity was defined as the resolution (nm). The smaller this value is, the higher the resolution is.
〔LWR性能〕
 上記感度(Eop)を示す露光量にて解像した線幅50nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所製S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察した。パターンの線幅を任意のポイントで観測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求めた。線幅の測定ばらつきを3σで評価し、3σの値をLWR(nm)とした。LWRの値が小さいほどLWR性能が良好である。
[LWR performance]
A line-and-space pattern with a line width of 50 nm (1:1) resolved at the exposure amount showing the sensitivity (Eop) above was analyzed using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). )) was used to observe from the top of the pattern. The line width of the pattern was observed at arbitrary points, and its standard deviation (σ) was determined. Measurement variations in line width were evaluated using 3σ, and the value of 3σ was defined as LWR (nm). The smaller the LWR value, the better the LWR performance.
〔PED安定性〕
 ライン線幅50nm、スペース幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのライン線幅寸法が50nmとなる露光量において、露光した後速やかにPEB処理した場合のライン線幅寸法(L0h)と、露光した1時間後にPEB処理した場合のライン線幅寸法(L2h)を測長し、線幅変化率を以下の式により算出した。なおPEB処理としては100℃で60秒間の加熱を行った。
 線幅変化率(%)=100×(L2h-L0h)nm/50nm
 値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示し、PED安定性の指標とした。なお、実用上B以上が好ましく、Aがより好ましい。
 A:線幅変化率が2%未満
 B:線幅変化率が2%以上、5%未満
 C:線幅変化率が5%以上、10%未満
 D:線幅変化率が10%以上
[PED stability]
Line width dimension (L0h) when the line width dimension of a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm is 50 nm, and PEB treatment is performed immediately after exposure, and After 1 hour, the line width dimension (L2h) after PEB treatment was measured, and the rate of change in line width was calculated using the following formula. Note that the PEB treatment was performed by heating at 100° C. for 60 seconds.
Line width change rate (%) = 100 x (L2h-L0h) nm/50 nm
The smaller the value, the better the performance, and it was used as an index of PED stability. In addition, B or higher is preferable in practical terms, and A is more preferable.
A: Line width change rate is less than 2% B: Line width change rate is 2% or more and less than 5% C: Line width change rate is 5% or more and less than 10% D: Line width change rate is 10% or more
 下記表10及び表11に使用したレジスト組成物と結果を示す。 The resist compositions used and the results are shown in Tables 10 and 11 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
(実施例2-1~2-38、比較例2-1~2-2)
<パターン形成方法(2):EUV露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 電子線描画装置に代えて、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA(開口数)0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いた以外は上記パターン形成方法(1)と同じ工程を行った。
 前述したものと同じ方法で、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性の評価を行った。
 下記表12及び表13に使用したレジスト組成物と結果を示す。
(Examples 2-1 to 2-38, Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-2)
<Pattern formation method (2): EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
The above pattern was formed except that an EUV exposure device (Exitech Micro Exposure Tool, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36) was used instead of the electron beam lithography device. The same steps as method (1) were performed.
Evaluation of resolution, LWR performance and PED stability was performed in the same manner as described above.
The resist compositions used and the results are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 表10~13の結果から、実施例で用いたレジスト組成物は、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れることが分かった。 From the results in Tables 10 to 13, it was found that the resist compositions used in the examples were excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability.
 本発明により、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in resolution, LWR performance, and PED stability.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2022年8月31日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-138115)及び2023年8月16日出願の日本特許出願(特願2023-132614)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on the Japanese patent application filed on August 31, 2022 (Japanese patent application No. 2022-138115) and the Japanese patent application filed on August 16, 2023 (Japanese patent application No. 2023-132614). Incorporated here as a reference.

Claims (18)

  1.  フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂(P)、
     活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)、及び
     酸拡散制御剤(B)
    を少なくとも含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記化合物(A)及び前記酸拡散制御剤(B)のうち少なくとも1つは、下記式(Z-1)で表される化合物であり、
     前記酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、前記化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式(Z-1)中、Ar、Ar及びArは各々独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。
     ただし、式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンは下記条件(i)を満たす。
     条件(i):式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンと、下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩を塩(a)とし、下記式(b1)で表されるカチオンと下記式(a1)で表されるアニオンからなる塩を塩(b)とする。塩(a)及び塩(b)をそれぞれ用いて、「添加した塩のモル数/(前記樹脂(P)と添加した塩の合計質量)」が0.4mmol/gとなるように、それぞれの塩、前記樹脂(P)、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル/乳酸エチルを20/20/60の質量比で含む溶剤からなる、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液を調製する。前記溶液を塗布して得られた膜の2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液であるアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度を測定する。塩(a)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとし、塩(b)を添加してなる膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度をDRとした場合に、DR及びDRが下記式(i-1)を満たす。
     DR/DR≦0.5 ・・・(i-1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group,
    A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least
    At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-1),
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more based on the content of the compound (A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In formula (Z-1), Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. At least two of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
    However, the sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) satisfies the following condition (i).
    Condition (i): A salt consisting of a sulfonium cation in formula (Z-1) and an anion represented by the following formula (a1) is used as salt (a), and a cation represented by the following formula (b1) and the following formula Let the salt consisting of the anion represented by (a1) be salt (b). Using salt (a) and salt (b), each was added so that "number of moles of added salt/(total mass of the resin (P) and added salt)" was 0.4 mmol/g. Prepare a solution with a solid content concentration of 2.7% by mass, consisting of a salt, the resin (P), and a solvent containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether/ethyl lactate in a mass ratio of 20/20/60. . The dissolution rate of the film obtained by coating the solution in an alkaline developer, which is a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide, is measured. If the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (a) in an alkaline developer is DR a , and the dissolution rate of the film formed by adding salt (b) in an alkaline developer is DR b , then DR a and DR b satisfies the following formula (i-1).
    DR a /DR b ≦0.5 ...(i-1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
  2.  活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量が、全固形分に対して0.3mmol/g以上である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the total amount of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is 0.3 mmol/g or more based on the total solid content.
  3.  前記酸拡散制御剤(B)が、活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0以上の酸を発生する化合物である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of 0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  4.  前記酸拡散制御剤(B)が、前記式(Z-1)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the formula (Z-1).
  5.  前記酸拡散制御剤(B)が、下記式(xa1)で表されるアニオンを含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式(xa1)中、Ara1は芳香環を表す。Ra1は置換基を表す。k1は0~7の整数を表す。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the acid diffusion control agent (B) contains an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In formula (xa1), Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring. R a1 represents a substituent. k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  6.  前記化合物(A)から発生する酸のpKaが-1.5以上である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the pKa of the acid generated from the compound (A) is -1.5 or more.
  7.  前記化合物(A)が、下記式(ca1)で表されるアニオンを含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     式(ca1)中、Ara2は芳香環を表す。Ra2は置換基を表す。k2は0~7の整数を表す。k2が2以上の場合、複数のRa2は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k2が2以上の場合、複数のRa2は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound (A) contains an anion represented by the following formula (ca1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In formula (ca1), Ar a2 represents an aromatic ring. R a2 represents a substituent. k2 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2s may be the same or different from each other. When k2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  8.  活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量に対する前記式(Z-1)で表される化合物の割合が50モル%以上である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive compound according to claim 1, wherein the proportion of the compound represented by the formula (Z-1) with respect to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is 50 mol% or more. resin composition.
  9.  前記樹脂(P)が、下記式(Pa1)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     式(Pa1)中、RP1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP2は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In formula (Pa1), R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P2 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  10.  前記樹脂(P)が、下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     式(Pa2)中、RP3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP4は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin (P) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In formula (Pa2), R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  11.  前記式(Z-1)で表される化合物が下記式(Z-2)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

     式(Z-2)中、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は各々独立にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。n1は1~5の整数を表す。n2及びn3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3はそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、複数のRZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3の少なくとも2つは、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xはアニオンを表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the formula (Z-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    In formula (Z-2), R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group. Oxy group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group, acylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5. n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 exist, the plurality of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be the same or different from each other. At least two of R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion.
  12.  前記DR及び前記DRが下記式(i-2)を満たす、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
     DR/DR≦0.10 ・・・(i-2)
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the DR a and the DR b satisfy the following formula (i-2).
    DR a /DR b ≦0.10 ...(i-2)
  13.  前記式(Z-1)中のスルホニウムカチオンのClogPが3以上8以下である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the ClogP of the sulfonium cation in the formula (Z-1) is 3 or more and 8 or less.
  14.  活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の総量に対する前記式(Z-1)で表される化合物の割合が100モル%である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive according to claim 1, wherein the proportion of the compound represented by formula (Z-1) to the total amount of compounds that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is 100 mol%. Resin composition.
  15.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  16.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、前記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。 A step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14; A pattern forming method comprising the steps of: exposing a radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  17.  請求項16に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 16.
  18.  フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位と酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂(P)、
     活性光線又は放射線の照射によりpKaが0未満の酸を発生する化合物(A)、及び
     酸拡散制御剤(B)
    を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記樹脂(P)は、下記式(Pa2)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、
     前記化合物(A)及び前記酸拡散制御剤(B)のうち少なくとも1つは、下記式(Z-2)で表される化合物であり、
     前記酸拡散制御剤(B)の含有量が、前記化合物(A)の含有量に対して80モル%以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

     式(Pa2)中、RP3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。RP4は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

     式(Z-2)中、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3は各々独立にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、シクロアルキルチオ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。n1は1~5の整数を表す。n2及びn3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RZ1が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RZ2が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ2は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RZ3が複数存在する場合、複数のRZ3は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合してもよい。また、式(Z-2)中のベンゼン環同士は、単結合で又は連結基を介して互いに結合してもよい。Xは下記式(xa1)で表されるアニオンを表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

     式(xa1)中、Ara1は芳香環を表す。Ra1は置換基を表す。k1は0~7の整数を表す。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。k1が2以上の場合、複数のRa1は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    A resin (P) containing a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group,
    A compound (A) that generates an acid with a pKa of less than 0 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid diffusion control agent (B)
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing,
    The resin (P) includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Pa2),
    At least one of the compound (A) and the acid diffusion control agent (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (Z-2),
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the content of the acid diffusion control agent (B) is 80 mol% or more based on the content of the compound (A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    In formula (Pa2), R P3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R P4 represents a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    In formula (Z-2), R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an aryl group. Oxy group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl group, arylaminocarbonyl group, acylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group, cycloalkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. n1 represents an integer from 1 to 5. n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R Z1s exist, the plurality of R Z1s may be the same or different from each other, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R Z2s exist, the plurality of R Z2s may be the same or different, or may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R Z3s exist, the plurality of R Z3s may be the same or different from each other, and may be bonded to each other. Further, the benzene rings in formula (Z-2) may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a linking group. X represents an anion represented by the following formula (xa1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

    In formula (xa1), Ar a1 represents an aromatic ring. R a1 represents a substituent. k1 represents an integer from 0 to 7. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ra1s may be the same or different from each other. When k1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
PCT/JP2023/030369 2022-08-31 2023-08-23 Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method WO2024048397A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022138115 2022-08-31
JP2022-138115 2022-08-31
JP2023132614 2023-08-16
JP2023-132614 2023-08-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024048397A1 true WO2024048397A1 (en) 2024-03-07

Family

ID=90099645

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/030369 WO2024048397A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2023-08-23 Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024048397A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017115629A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022172689A1 (en) * 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017115629A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022172689A1 (en) * 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201942157A (en) Negative photosensitive composition for EUV light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7389892B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019123895A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
WO2017078031A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2017110352A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method
WO2022209733A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP7373059B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20230131900A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7379536B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019044259A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and production method for electronic device
WO2020241099A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023145488A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023145564A1 (en) Active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023032794A1 (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
WO2022158323A1 (en) Pattern formation method and method for producing electronic device
WO2024048397A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2021065549A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2024048282A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JPWO2020044771A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2024024691A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and production method for electronic device
WO2024024669A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024080200A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048464A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7356568B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23860160

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1